Rigby Taylor Professional Range 2016

Professional 

Range 

Innovative products, outstanding results 

EDITION 16

We set very high standards for 

our pitches as some of the best 

players in the world come to train at 

the complex. Microlite Activ8 and 

Premier HG fertilizers are used as we 

get excellent spreading consistency, 

evenness of growth and good 

colour. With so much play on our 

pitches, fast recovery is vital and this 

is achieved with R14 and R314 seed 

mixes. Linemarking is carried out 

across the complex using the 

Impact System. It’s fast and the lines 

last longer. 

“ 

” 

Alan Ferguson 

Group Head of Grounds & Estates, 

St. George's Park & Wembley Stadium

Page index 

FERTILIZERS 

Range Selectors 4 

POLYPRO RANGE 6 

CONVERT RANGE 8 

PREMIER HG RANGE 10 

MICROFINE RANGE 12 

MICROFINE ORGANIC RANGE 14 

MICROLITE ACTIV8 RANGE 16 

MICROLITE RANGE & TE-BAG 18 

APEX RANGE 20 

FINE TURF RANGE 22 

DELTA SPORT RANGE 24 

OUTFIELD RANGE 26 

MICROFLOW-CXS RANGE 28 

MICROSOL RANGE 30 

LANDSCAPE RANGE 32 

QUANTITY GUIDES 33 

SPREADERS 34 

GRASS SEED 

Product Selectors 114 

GRASS SEED TECHNOLOGY 116 

THE ‘R’ RANGE 119 

TURF RANGE 126 

EUROFLOR RANGE 128 

FLORA NATIVE RANGE 131 

CHEMICALS 


QUALGEX 38 

DEFENDER 

4O 

FUSION 41 

ELAND 42 

FOREMOST 43 

RAYZOR 44 

TRIMATE 45 

ICADE 46 

CROSSBAR 47 

GREENOR 48 

JUNCTION 49 

PIVOTAL 51 

CHIKARA 52 

MAINTAIN 54 

GALLUP BIOGRADE AMENITY 55 

DISCMAN CDA BIOGRADE 56 

MASCOT HI-AKTIV AMENITY 57 

LAWN SAND 58 

GREENFORCE 58 

EAGLE GREEN CARE 59 

MASCOT SYSTEMIC 61 

SWARD 62 

TRAILBLAZER TRIO 63 

CLEARSPRAY 64 

LINEOUT 65 

FOAMCHECK 65 

ICE CLEAN 66 

ECOPLUG MAX 66 

LINEMARKING 


IMPACT RANGE 136 

DURALINE RANGE 140 

MACHINES 142 

NOZZLES 146 

ACCESSORIES 147 

SPECIALITIES 


BLOCKADE-LX 70 

BLOCKADE 2000 71 

ACTIVATE R 72 

ACTIVATE-XL 74 

MAXICROP 77 

SEAWEED COMPACT 78 

CAL-FORM 79 

K-FORM 81 

MAG-FORM 82 

PHOS-FORM 83 

MANGANAZE 84 

AMINO-FORM LX 85 

MICRODYNE 86 

INTEGRATE PLUS 88 

PROFILE 90 

ALIZE 92 

MAGNET RAPIDE 93 

MAGNET DYNAMIC 94 

MAGNET DYNAMIC LITE 94 

IRON COMPLEX 95 

LIQUID IRON 95 

SOLUBLE IRON 96 

MOSQUITO 96 

PHOTON 97 

SPIKE 99 

PROPEL-R 100 

BREAKER BIOLINKS 102 

BREAKER DYNAMIC 104 

BREAKER CURATIVE 2 106 

HYDRPRO-2 107 

PENETR8-R 108 

REDEWCER 109 

DEW-T 110 

MICROCAL 111 

TANK MIXING CHART 112 

DRESSINGS 

GREEN-SPREAD 148 

BULK MATERIALS 149 

IOG AWARDS 2016 

SPORTS EQUIPMENT 

SPORTS EQUIPMENT 150 

RT TECHNOLOGY 

TURF FUNGICIDES – APPLICATION TIMING 152 

TURF DISEASE IDENTIFICATION 153 

NUTRITION DELIVERY TECHNOLOGY 156 

NUTRIENT AVAILABILITY & SELECTION 158 

INFLUENCE OF pH ON NUTRIENT AVAILABILITY 161 

SPREADER CALIBRATION 162 

SPREADER SETTINGS 163 

NOZZLES 164 

AIR BUBBLE JET APPLICATION RATES 165 

USEFUL CONVERSIONS 166 

SOIL ANALYSIS 168 

1 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Meeting the challenge is our goal 

Our objectives are quite clear…to identify, source and supply products that 

have a value in assisting the establishment and ongoing management of 

the country’s sporting and recreational surfaces, and to provide advice and 

direction for their application. 

These objectives also encompass landscape maintenance and the natural 

environment... its conservation and protection for generations to come. 

Innovation 

As part of the Origin Enterprise 

Group, Rigby Taylor is one of the 

UK’s leading investors in product 

innovation, development and 

industry support initiatives. 

This forward-looking strategy has led 

to the development of super-micro 

granulation fertilizer technologies, 

exciting new developments in grass 

seed breeding and advanced 

chemical and wetting agent 

chemistry. 

Leadership 

Rigby Taylor’s strategy for 

advancing product development 

has been rewarded with the wide 

use of its products by major sporting 

and recreational venues across the 

UK and also Europe. 

Partnership 

The company has forged close links 

with key organisations and 

associations that represent the 

many sporting sectors of the 

industry. Partnerships have been 

developed with the IOG, which has 

led to a 3-year agreement to be 

the Headline Sponsor of their 

Industry Awards, partnerships with 

BIGGA in support of its Continue to 

Learn Educational Programme, and 

BALI as a key sponsor of its National 

Landscape Awards. 

In pitch line marking, Rigby Taylor 

products are now industry leaders. 

Totally revolutionising the marking of 

lines on sports pitches, the 

company’s headline product 

Impact has received national and 

international acclaim and the 

Queens Award for innovation. The 

brand is now a global leader used 

in over 33 countries worldwide. 

Famous national sporting arenas 

such as Wembley, Wimbledon, 

Lords, St. Andrews, Twickenham, 

Aintree and Ascot have or continue 

to benefit from the use of the 

company’s products, as well as 

prestigious facilities at St. George’s 

Park and such diverse areas as the 

Cairngorms national park, 

Buckingham Palace gardens and 

the playing fields of Eton. 

In 2016, Rigby Taylor announced a 

four-year agreement to be the 

“Official Supplier to the FA Pitch 

Improvement Programme”, an 

exciting initiative specifically aimed 

at promoting and supplying 

products for the development of 

quality football pitches throughout 

England. 

0800 424919 2

Education 

Industry support is also given to the 

next generation of turf 

management professionals. The 

company has made a 3 year 

commitment to support the IOG 

Young Groundsmen’s Conference 

and has financed the purchase of 

turf technology tools used by the 

IOG Regional Pitch Advisors in their 

Natural Turf Pitch Development 

Programme. 

Communication 

Spreading the word is a key factor in 

the company’s success. In addition 

to a presence at key exhibitions 

such as SALTEX and BTME, the 

company hold regional educational 

seminars, often sharing a platform 

with the STRI, together with chemical 

and nutritional specialists and spray 

technologists. Such hosting venues 

have included St George’s Park, 

Wembley, Old Trafford and Ibrox. 

Service 

The company’s, near 50 strong 

team of field-based area 

managers, supported by Product 

Management specialists, offer presupply 

advice and end-user support 

as well as soil analysis testing. The 

majority have prior direct work 

experience in the industry, allowing 

them to relate product knowledge 

and theory to the practical use of 

products. 

This team is supported by four 

strategically placed regional 

warehouse/branch offices 

throughout the UK. 

At your surface 

As a company, “we do not view the world from behind a desk” 

but are actively and constantly engaged with our customers 

and suppliers. It is this philosophy that ensures the company 

continues to meet the industry needs of today and the 

challenges of tomorrow. 

3 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Fertilizers 

Range selector 

Range Type Release Pattern Longevity 

PolyPro 

Micro-granular 

Controlled Release 

Conventional Release 

ConVert 


Slow Release 


Premier HG 

` 

Microfine 

Microfine Organic 

Mini-granular 


Slow Release 


Slow Release 


Microlite Activ8 

Super Micro-granular 


Microlite 

Microlite TE-Bag 

Super Micro-granular 


Apex 

Granular 

Slow Release 


Fineturf 

Duragran 

Mini-granular 

Slow Release 


Delta Sport 

Delta Mini 

Super maxi-granular 

Mini-granular 

Slow Release 


Outfield 

Maxi-granular 


Microflow 

Liquid 

Slow Release 


Microsol 

Soluble 


0800 424919 4

Rigby Taylor has been the leading supplier of turf fertilizers to the professional and amenity market for many years 

with a portfolio that contains market-leading technologies from around the world. 

We are constantly monitoring our range and, by communicating directly with our extensive customer base, we 

ensure we have a comprehensive range that is second to none. 

The majority of our fertilizers are manufactured in the UK and the raw materials utilised are of the highest 

specification to ensure the best possible performance. The same requirements are maintained when we import 

fertilizers as we will never compromise the quality of our range. 

Technology 

Surface Suitability 

Page 

Greens Tees Fairways Pitches Number 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 6 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 8 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 10 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

12 

14 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 16 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

18 

18 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 20 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

22 

22 

24 

24 

✓ ✓ 26 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 28 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 30 

5 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Polypro Range 

Recommended areas 

WHY Polypro fertilizers 

❚ Superior coating technology for N & K 

❚ Durable and uniform polymer membrane 

❚ Releases nutrients via temperature-controlled diffusion 

❚ Nutrient release not affected by moisture 

❚ Consistent, predictable and gradual release 

❚ Conventional release fraction for initial response 

❚ Reduced leaching and volatilisation of Nitrogen 

❚ Micro-granule 1.0 -2.0mm 

The new range of fertilizers has been formulated to include two forms of 

controlled release nitrogen. Both Polymer Coated Urea (PCU), and Polymer 

Coated Sulphur Coated Urea (PCSCU) have been used, to give the ultimate in 

controlled release for season long nutrition. There is also PCSOP (Polymer Coated 

Sulphate of Potassium) added for a controlled release of K. The formulation also 

includes an homogenous granule containing NPK, which will give conventional 

release over the first few weeks. The PCSCU will release over 8-10 weeks, and the 

PCU will release over the complete life of the fertilizer. 

Product selector 

GRANULE PACK SIZE APPLICATION PACK NUTRIENT INPUT 

PRODUCT NOTES SIZE SIZE RATE COVERAGE LONGEVITY N P K 

mm kg g/sq.m sq.m kg/ha kg/ha kg/ha 

43-0-0 

100% coated N, for season long 

release. Ideal for sand construction 

base feeding 

1.0-2.0 20 

15 1333 64.0 0 0 

35 571 150.5 0 0 

25-3-15 

An NPK fertilizer, for full season 

growth. P and K will encourage 

root development in spring 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 62.5 7.5 37.5 

35 571 63.0 10.5 52.5 

18-4-18 

Balanced NK fertilizer with P for all 

round plant health 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 45.0 10.0 45.0 

35 571 63.0 14.0 63.0 

15-0-25 

High K for stress control in drought 

conditions, high wear areas and 

high disease pressure situations 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 37.5 0 62.5 

35 571 52.5 0 87.5 

0-0-45 

100% coated Potassium only 

fertilizer, to correct deficiency in 

sand construction and to harden 

turf in autumn/winter period. 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 0 0 112.5 

35 571 0 0 157.5 

0800 424919 6

PCU & PCSOP 

PolyPro Coating 

Technology 

Nutrient 

H O 

2 

H O 

2 

H O 

2 

PCSCU 

This new generation of polymer-coated, sulphur-coated urea (PCSCU) 

fertilizers consist of a polymer layer inside the protective surface layer. 

Lesser PCSCUs have a polymer or conditioner on the outside of the 

Sulphur. The outer sulphur and wax layers work together to protect the 

inner polymer coating during the various stages of processing. The 

polymer layer inside delivers a consistent nutrient release, when the plant 

needs it, once the outer sulphur and wax layers absorb water. Other 

PCSCUs often suffer from nutrient "lock-off" because the sulphur coating is 

too thick to allow Nitrogen to release in the expected time frame. 

PCSOP 

Within a week of application, 

the polymer coating allows soil 

moisture in, which activates 

encapsulated nutients but 

doesn’t release them. 

Over the next several months, 

the membrane slowly 

releases dissolved nutrients 

through diffusion, only when 

triggered by soil temperature. 

Polymer-coated sulphate of potassium – a new controlled release technology that delivers a more 

uniform and predictable release of nutrient for a period in excess of 100 days. 

After complete release of 

nutrients, the polymer coating 

microbially decomposes into 

naturally occurring soil 

elements. 

Wax coating 

Sulphur 

Polymer 

Urea 

TOTAL COATED COATED 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC N K 

% % % 

SUGGESTED USE PERIOD 

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

43 100 

25 ✓ ✓ 83 49 

18 ✓ ✓ 46 50 

15 ✓ ✓ 56 50 

0 100 

7 

www.rigbytaylor.com

ConVert Range 


WHY ConVert fertilizers 

❚ Contains RT PCSCU giving 8-12 weeks release 

❚ Contains Polyhalite with slow release K, Mg 

and Ca 

❚ Naturally occurring nutrients encourage 

microbial activity 

❚ High calcium improves disease resistance 

and plant vigour 

❚ High Magnesium improves chlorophyll 

production and enhanced colour 

❚ Micro-granule 1.0 -2.0mm 

This exciting addition to the Rigby Taylor range is a blend of two granules, one a coated 

nitrogen granule, the other a compound granule containing both conventional and 

slow release nutrients. This new combination produces an immediate release, followed 

by 8-12 weeks of slow and controlled release of all nutrients. 





41-0-0 

21-5-6 

+2MgO+4CaO 

20-0-7 

+3MgO+4CaO 

15-5-15 

+2MgO+4CaO 

12-5-20 

+2MgO+4CaO 

100% controlled release N for 

consistent growth 

An NPK fertilizer with good initial 

responseand excellent longevity. 

Provides good colour and 

all-round plant health 

Zero Phosphate analysis. 

Stimulates microbial activity and 

enhanced colour 

A balanced NK fertilizer with P for 

improved root development. Ideal 

following overseeding 

High K fertilizer for improved stress 

resistance and plant durability 

during autumn and winter period 

1.0-2.0 20 

1.0-2.0 20 

1.0-2.0 20 

1.0-2.0 20 

1.0-2.0 20 

20 1000 82.0 0 0 

35 571 143.5 0 

0 

25 800 52.5 12.5 15.0 

35 571 73.5 17.5 21.0 

25 800 50.0 0 17.5 

35 571 70.0 0 24.5 

25 800 37.5 12.5 37.5 

35 571 52.5 17.5 52.5 

25 800 30.0 12.5 50.0 

35 571 42.0 17.5 70.0 

0800 424919 8

A new generation of polymer-coated, Sulphur-coated urea fertilizer 

with a polymer layer inside the protective surface layer. This has 

many benefits as compared to lesser PCSCU’s which have a 

polymer or conditioner on the outside of the Sulphur. 

The outer Sulphur and wax layers work together to protect the inner 

polymer coating during the various stages of processing. Once the 

outer Sulphur and wax layers absorb moisture, the inside polymer 

layer delivers a consistent nutrient release at a time required by the 

plant. Other PCSCUs often suffer from nutrient "lock-off" in which the 

Sulphur coating is too thick to allow Nitrogen to release in the 

expected time frame. 

RT PCSCU has the highest Nitrogen content (43%) and lowest Sulphur 

content (4%) of any PCSCU on the market today. 

Wax coating 

Sulphur 

Polymer 

Urea 

TOTAL 

COATED 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC N POLYHALITE 

% % 



41 100 

21 ✓ ✓ 25 ✓ 

20 ✓ ✓ 25 ✓ 

15 ✓ ✓ 25 ✓ 

12 ✓ ✓ 25 ✓ 

9 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Premier HG Range 


WHY Premier HG fertilizers 

❚ Multi-phased nutrient release pattern to provide 

consistent availability 

❚ Contains long-lasting Nitrogen and Potassium 

for optimum feeding 

❚ Comprehensive trace element package 

❚ Homogenous mini-granules for even distribution 

❚ Major nutrients released for up to 6 months 

❚ Flexible application rate 





22-3-15 

+TE 

A balanced NPK fertilizer. 

Ideal as a base feed, and for 

sandy rootzones 

1.0-2.5 20 

25 800 55.0 7.5 37.5 

35 571 77.0 10,5 52.5 

18-3-18 

+TE 

A 6:1:6 ratio NPK fertilizer. 

Will stimulate root growth, 

especially after aeration 

1.0-2.5 20 

25 800 45.0 7.5 45.0 

35 571 63.0 10.5 63.0 

12-3-24 

+1.5%Mg+TE 

3-3-32 

+TE 

Ideal for application prior to 

drought stress conditions. 

Added Magnesium enhances 

colour 

Helps correct K deficiency. 

K will release slowly and 

encourage microbial activity 

and root development 

1.0-2.5 20 

1.0-2.5 20 

25 800 30.0 7.5 60.0 

35 571 42.0 10.5 84.0 

25 800 7.5 7.5 80.0 

35 571 10.5 10.5 112.0 

The patented Methylene Urea (MU) in Premier 

HG promotes strong root growth and a 

balanced, healthier sward development. It 

also encourages microbial activity in the soil 

and improves the natural fertility of the soil, 

increasing and sustaining the population of 

beneficial organisms because it is a source of 

organic carbon and nitrogen. 

The MU also has a low salt index, meaning a 

very low scorch potential. 

0800 424919 10

Premier-HG fertilizers are all homogenous mini-granules. Every 

granule contains the same amount of nutrients which ensures 

even growth and cover. The granules break down very quickly 

so nutrients are available to the turf soon after application and 

there is reduced risk of scorch or mower pick-up. 

There is more than one source of Nitrogen in Premier-HG 

fertilizers. Some provide an initial response immediately 

available to the plant, whilst other sources provide the Nitrogen 

over different time periods, so giving a multi-phased release 

over several months. 

Controlled Release Nitrogen Premier-HG fertilizers not only 

contain conventional release Nitrogen to give an initial 

response, but also slow release Nitrogen in the form of 

patented Methylene Urea. 

Slow Release Potassium As well as containing Potassium that 

provides a rapid availability, some is also complexed with 

Carbon to provide a slow release form, as well as having a biostimulation 

effect due to the organic component. 

Trace Elements Premier-HG contains a comprehensive trace 

element package (Bo, Cu, Fe, Mn, Mo, Zn) to help achieve a 

healthy and strong sward. 

In Premier-HG there is a free Urea fraction but in addition three 

fractions of Methylene Urea with differing chain lengths: 

Urea fraction - very soluble and available to the turf in a matter 

of days. 

Fraction 1 – CWSN (cold water soluble Nitrogen) containing unreacted 

Urea and short chain Methylene Urea polymers, with 

the Nitrogen being available over a period of weeks. 

Fraction 2 – HWSN (hot water soluble Nitrogen) consisting of 

medium chain length polymers released more slowly over 2-3 

months. 

Fraction 3 – HWIN (hot water insoluble Nitrogen) containing 

longer chain polymers where the Nitrogen is released over 4-6 

months or even longer depending on temperature and 

microbial activity. 

TOTAL 

TRACE 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC NITRIC METH-UREA ELEMENT 

% PACKAGE 



22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

18 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

3 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

Conventional release Nitrogen for initial response 

Conventional release Nitrogen for mid-term response 

Short length polymer chain for slow release longevity 

Medium & long polymer chain for extended release 

11

Microfine Range 


WHY Microfine fertilizers 

❚ Slow and conventional release forms of Nitrogen 

❚ Nitrogen from patented Methylene Urea released in 

sync with plant needs 

❚ No excessive growth even after rain 

❚ Uniform granule for even application 

❚ 8-12 week release pattern 

WHY Duragran fertilizer 

❚ Contains DIDIN for phased Nitrogen release 

❚ Provides dependable nutrient release 

❚ 8-12 week release pattern 





18-3-12 

+2%Fe 

Combines Methylene Urea with 

Iron for improved colour and extra 

plant resilience 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 45.0 7.5 30.0 

35 571 63.0 10.5 42.0 

16-0-16 

+2%Fe+Zn 

Balanced NK fertilizer, combining 

nitric source of N to use in cooler 

conditions. A true early-start fertilizer 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 40.0 0 40.0 

35 571 56.0 0 56.0 

14-2-14 

+2%Mg 

A 1:1 ratio N & K formulation with 

added Phosphate and Magnesium 

for all round plant health 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 35.0 5.0 35.0 

35 571 49.0 7.0 49.0 

12-0-24 

+1%Mg+1%Fe 

12-0-10 

+2%Mg+2%Fe 

8-0-6 

+2%Mg+4%Fe 

5-0-15 

+1%Mg 

Duragran 

15-5-5 

For use prior to stressful situations. 

Corrects Potassium deficiency and 

added Iron and Magnesium aids 

chlorophyll production 

Zero P for maintaining strong 

summer growth. Iron and 

Magnesium will give good strong 

colour 

Organic N provides slow consistent 

nutrient release to aid microbial 

activity. Provides a green-up effect 

without flushes of growth 

Potassium Nitrate and Ammonium 

Sulphate for increased K. 

Year round use and ideal for cooler 

conditions 

A mini-granular fertilizer containing 

Dicyandiamide, for fine turf and 

outfield. Reduced initial flush due 

to Didin 

1.0-2.0 20 

1.0-2.0 20 

1.0-2.0 20 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 30.0 0 60.0 

35 571 42.0 0 84.0 

25 800 30.0 0 25.0 

35 571 42.0 0 35.0 

25 800 20.0 0 15.0 

35 571 28.0 0 21.0 

25 800 12.5 0 37.5 

35 571 17.5 0 52.5 

1.0-2.5 20.0 35.0 571 52.2 17.5 52.5 

0800 424919 12

Microfine Proven Technology 

High performing, homogenous micro-granules combine the benefits of 

controlled release Methylene Urea with conventional forms of Nitrogen. 

Sustained performance is achieved from an initial nutrient release response 

followed by a consistent 

balanced release for up 

to 12 weeks. These 

release patterns are 

achieved through the 

use of short- length 

Methylene Urea polymer 

chains, specially 

designed to achieve the 

desired performance. 

The patented Methylene Urea used promotes strong root growth, a balanced, 

healthier sward with a very low salt index that reduces the potential for scorch. 

The Activity Index (AI) of the Methylene Urea used is over 55%, providing the 

ideal slow release characteristics of consistency and reliability. 

Methylene Urea release is triggered by temperature and microbial activity, 

thereby matching the demands of the plant at the time and growth stage 

required. 

Conventional release Nitrogen for initial response 

Conventional release Nitrogen for mid-term response 

Short length polymer chain for slow release longevity 

Duragran with 

DCD Technology 

Duragran is specially formulated to use Dicyandiamide (DCD) technology which is a nitrification 

inhibitor that stops the activity of Nitrosomonas. By keeping the Nitrogen in ammonium form for 

longer, before it converts into Nitrite and then Nitrate, there is less chance of leaching. DCD is 

broken down by micro-organisms, and the inhibition of the nitrification gives the fertilizer an 8-12 

week release pattern. All Nitrogen sources solubilise quickly, so there is no pick up. 

TOTAL 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC ORGANIC NITRIC METH-UREA 

% 



18 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

16 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

14 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

8 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

5 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

13 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Microfine Organic Range 


WHY Microfine Organic fertilizers 

❚ True compound mini granules 

❚ Stimulate soil micro-organisms 

❚ Low scorch potential 

❚ One application lasts up to 12 weeks 

❚ Microfine OC1 contains 62% organic Nitrogen 

❚ Microfine OC2 is 100% organic with added 

wetting agent for improved granule breakdown 





OC1 

8-0-0 

+2%Fe 

OC2 

5-2-10 

+wetting agent 

Nitrogen only fertilizer with 

added Iron for colour. Organic 

content derived from dried 

blood and hoof and horn 

Ideal to apply after aeration 

and overseeding to 

encourage germination and 

root development 

1.0-2.0 20 

1.0-2.0 20 

35 571 28.0 0 0 

70 285 56.0 0 0 

35 571 17.5 7.5 35.0 

70 285 35.0 15.0 70.0 

The selection of the organic and mineral raw materials is 

extremely meticulous. Only the highest quality, organic raw 

materials are used and are fully traceable. 

Organic fertilizers also provide required trace elements, 

micronutrients, and primary biostimulant sources, i.e. humic 

substances, amino acids and enzymes. 

*All organic fertilizers should be irrigated in well, and the 

surface should be mown without boxes for a few days if 

possible as organic granules take longer to disperse than 

mineral granules. 

Many greenkeepers and horticulturists have always preferred to 

include organic fertilizers in their feeding programmes as they have 

the advantage of not only providing essential nutrients, but also 

helping to increase microbial activity. Such products also release 

their nutrients slowly so providing gradual and sustained growth. 

The modern compounding technique of Microfine Organic 

produces a genuine homogeneous granule of premium quality, so 

overcoming many of the problems associated with more traditional 

organic fertilizer formulations. 

The granules are of a small size (1-2mm), very low in odour, and 

break down quickly when in contact with irrigation or rainfall, so 

preventing any risk of scorch and virtually eliminating mower pickup. 

The organically bound nutrients are released through the activity of 

soil microbes, ensuring a gradual release of the nutrients over several 

months. The breakdown not only releases traditional nutrients, but 

also organic matter to enhance micro-organism activity. 

0800 424919 14

TOTAL 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC ORGANIC 

% 



8 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

5 ✓ 

15 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Microlite Activ8 Range 


WHY Microlite Activ8 fertilizers 

❚ 1.0-1.5mm granule size 

❚ Employs Activate ERD and XL biostimulant technology 

❚ Contains Zeolite for nutrient retention and release 

❚ Provides a 6-8 week release pattern 





14-2-10 

+2%Mg 

Spring & summer analysis with 

Magnesium to give a balanced 

nutrient package 

1.0-1.5 20 

25 800 35.0 5.0 25.0 

35 571 49.0 7.0 35.0 

12-0-12 

+3%Mg+2%Fe 

A spring and summer fertilizer 

with Magnesium and Iron that 

will give excellent colour 

1.0-1.5 20 

25 800 30.0 0 30.0 

35 571 42.0 0 42.0 

10-0-0 

+2%Fe 

Added Iron for colour. Contains 

enzymes that will aid the 

breakdown of organic matter 

1.0-1.5 20 

25 800 25.0 0 0 

35 571 35.0 0 0 

8-0-16 

+2%Mg+4%Fe 

A 1:2 ratio NK fertilizer with 

added Iron and Magnesium for 

excellent colour 

1.0-1.5 20 

25 800 20.0 0 40.0 

35 571 28.0 0 56.0 

6-0-24 

+2%Fe 

Has Humic Acid to improve root 

length and soil structure. Used 

especially in autumn, winter 

and spring 

1.0-1.5 20 

25 800 15.0 0 60.0 

35 571 21.0 0 84.0 

High performing super micro-granule 

for quality turf nutrition 

The finest, most consistent granule ever produced by Rigby 

Taylor. As fully compounded granules, each contains all the 

nutrients and elements of the analysis. Its high uniformity index 

provides excellent flowability, exceptional accuracy and a 

wide range of application rates. The granule is extremely 

robust but breaks down very rapidly following application. 

A complete trace element package with fully chelated 

micro-nutrients provides maximum plant uptake in both ERD 

and XL. A soil penetrant is also included to ensure all essential 

ingredients are transported to the rootzone for maximum 

uptake. 

Activate technology 

Activate ERD contains humic acid that improves root 

depth by more than 30%, root mass by 20% and 

enhanced nutrient retention. ERD will also increase 

plant health, seed germination and establishment. 

Activate XL contains simple sugars that increase 

microbial activity and summer stress tolerance. The 

carbohydrates content provides an immediate energy 

source to give a healthier, stronger sward. 

A cellulytic enzyme aids the reduction of thatch. 

The plant growth hormones contained in Activate XL 

are cold water extracted and, together with the 

betaines, give the plant added vigour as well as extra 

root growth. 

0800 424919 16

ACTUAL 

SIZE 

12-0-12 Microlite Activ8: 

Superb uniformity of granule size will provide 

consistent nutrient release 

TOTAL 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC ZEOLITE TECHNOLOGY 

% 



14 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

10 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

8 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

6 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

Zeolite 

Clinoptilolite (Zeolite) is a naturally 

occurring mineral incorporated in the 

Microlite range. It has a natural affinity 

to Nitrogen and Potassium and these 

nutrients are absorbed into the 

Clinoptilolite grid and then released as 

and when demanded by the plant. 

Clinoptilolite will also hold up to 55% of 

it’s weight in moisture, which is 

released as the plant demands. 

17 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Microlite & TE Bag 

WHY Microlite fertilizer 


❚ Contains Zeolite for nutrient retention and release 

❚ Contains Methylene Urea 

❚ Provides a 6-8 week release pattern 

Microlite 


High performing super micro-granule 

for quality turf nutrition 

Each compound granule contains all the nutrients and 

elements of the analysis. Its high uniformity index provides 

exceptional flowability and amazing surface spreadability. 

The granule is extremely robust but breaks down very rapidly 

following application. 




12-0-12 

+3%Mg 

Balanced NK fertilizer, with 

Magnesium for improved colour 

1.0-1.5 20 

25 800 30.0 0 30.0 

35 571 42.0 0 42.0 

WHY Microlite TE-Bag fertilizer 


❚ Unique Trace Element Package 

❚ Prevent deficiencies in sand based 

rootzones 

Improves the efficiency of macro and 

micro nutrients 

High Magnesium content ensure optimised chlorophyll 

production and therefore intensifying the health and colour 

of the plant. 


Microlite TE-Bag 




Microlite 

TE-Bag 

Prevent deficiencies by 

maintaining trace element levels. 

Contains high Magnesium and 

Iron for health and colour 

1.0-1.5 20 

10 2000 0 0 0 

15 1333 0 0 0 

0800 424919 18

“ 

We work very closely with Rigby Taylor’s technical 

specialists and with our joint inputs have 

developed a customised cocktail of nutrients including 

the rooting stimulants Activate F and Activate XL 

products. We have achieved excellent root mass and 

increased surface density and can say without fear of 

contradiction, that I have not seen a better rootzone 

than the one we achieved with this combination. 

” 

Kevin Fowler 

Assistant Head Groundsman 

Chelsea FC 

TOTAL 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC METH-UREA ZEOLITE 

% 



12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

Microlite TE-Bag is a unique, micro-granular, trace element 

package that supplements the availability of essential 

nutrients. Ideal for applications of Manganese on sand 

based constructions that are prone to leaching. Research 

has shown that applications can assist in the turf resisting 

the development of Take-all Patch disease. 

TOTAL 

TRACE ELEMENT PACKAGE 

NITROGEN MgO Fe Mn Zn Cu B Mo 

% % % % % % % % 



0 19.8 8.0 3.0 1.0 0.5 0.1 0.1 

19 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Apex Range 


WHY Apex fertilizers 

❚ A range of fertilizers with 25-35% organic content 

❚ Contains Polyhalite, an organic, slow release form of 

Potassium – also contains Calcium and Magnesium 

❚ Contains 4-5 sources of Nitrogen, including organic 

and mineral 

❚ Biostimulants present 

❚ Phased release nutrients 





8-0-8 

+3%Mg+2%Fe 

8-0-0 

+2%Fe 

7-0-14 

+2%Fe 

5-3-4 

+3%Mg+2%Fe 

4-0-8 

+2%Mg+4%Fe 

A 1:1 ratio containing 30% organic 

content. Added Magnesium and Iron 

provides extra colour and improved 

photosynthesis 

A Nitrogen only fertilizer with 25% 

active organic content providing a 

slow growth pattern. Iron is added 

for extra colour 

A 1:2 ratio NK fertilizer helps 

address K deficiency. Contains 

35% active organic content. 

Can be used all year round. 

Contains 30% active organic 

content. Ideal for application after 

overseeding and aeration 

Seaweed content enhances root 

growth and shoot density. Iron 

hardens the turf and Magnesium 

provides excellent colour 

1.0-2.5 20 35 571 28.0 0 28.0 

1.0-2.5 20 35 571 28.0 0 0 

1.0-2.5 20 35 571 24.5 0 49.0 

1.0-2.5 20 35 571 17.5 10.5 14.0 

1.0-2.5 20 35 571 14.0 0 28.0 

Eight ingredients are used in the formulation of Apex along with active 

organic material. This is achieved by the use of many different Nitrogen 

sources which helps Apex perform in a controlled manner. 

The organic components plus the mineral elements give a modified 

Nitrogen release making it particularly suitable for fine turf areas. Their 

organic bases also provide small amounts of micro-nutrients including 

Boron, Copper, Magnesium, Manganese, Iron and Zinc, all of which are 

essential for healthy plant growth. The latter in particular is known to be 

extremely beneficial for healthy root development. 

0800 424919 20

TOTAL 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC ORGANIC POLYHALITE 

% 



8 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

8 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

7 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

5 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

4 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

Polyhalite 

The Apex range also contains 

Polyhalite, a naturally occurring 

source of Potassium, Magnesium 

and Calcium. The Potassium is 

released more slowly than some 

other sources, giving greater 

longevity. Magnesium aids the 

chlorophyll production and therefore 

improves the photosynthesis of the 

plant. Calcium helps to strengthen 

cell walls, making the plant less 

susceptible to disease. 

Lignite 

Lignite is used in the 

formulation to improve the 

Cation Exchange Capacity 

(CEC), therefore reducing the 

leaching of nutrients and 

improving the efficacy of the 

fertilizer. Lignite, in conjunction 

with Potassium, will also 

provide a good source of 

Humic Acid to encourage root 

development and stimulate 

microbial soil activity. 

21 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Fineturf Range 





SS2 

14-2-7 

+1%Mg 

14-0-7 

+1%Mg+1%Fe 

SS6 

12-0-9 

+1%Mg+1%Fe 

11-3-3 

10-2-20 

+1%Mg 

9-0-0 

+11%Fe 

6-0-18 

+2%Mg+2%Fe 

6-0-12 

+2%Mg+2%Fe 

5-5-10 

+4%Fe 

3-10-5 

NPK fertilizer with 3 sources of N, 

one of which is organic. Low 

Sulphur for anaerobic conditions. 

15% active organic content 

N & K zero Phosphate with 3 

sources of Nitrogen, including 

organic. 10% active organic 

content 

N & K zero Phosphate with 4 

sources of Nitrogen, of which two 

are organic to encourage microbial 

activity. Contains seaweed 

NPK fertilizer with no organic 

content. Ideal for use after 

overseeding 

High K fertilizer containing a 

Nitrogen source for a phased 

release in cooler conditions. Ideal 

for pitches and outfield 

Contains 2 sources of Nitrogen 

for a balanced response. 

High Iron enhances colour and 

hardens sward 

Fertilizer with a 1:3 ratio to help 

with Potassium deficiency. Ideal for 

use in cooler conditions 

Low analysis, perfect all-year-round 

feed for fine turf with 15% organic 

nutrient 

Low Nitrogen formulation with 

added P & K. There are 3 sources 

of Nitrogen, including organic, to 

give a phased release pattern 

High Phosphate levels will correct 

any deficiency and enhance new 

seedling establishment 

1.0-2.5 20 35 571 49.0 7.0 24.5 

1.0-2.5 20 35 571 49.0 0 24.5 

1.0-2.5 20 35 571 42.0 0 31.5 

1.0-2.5 20 35 571 38.5 10.5 10.5 

1.0-2.5 20 35 571 35.0 7.0 70.0 

1.0-2.5 20 35 571 27.0 0 0 

1.0-2.5 20 35 571 21.0 0 63.0 

1.0-2.5 20 35 571 21.0 0 42.0 

1.0-2.5 20 35 571 17.5 17.5 35.0 

1.0-2.5 20 35 571 10.5 35.0 17.5 

NEW 

TO THE RANGE 

NEW 

TO THE RANGE 

Hardener 

3-0-3 

+1%Mg+4%Fe 

RT Lawn Sand 

4-0-0 

+14.1% FeSO 4 

GreenForce 

10-4-2 

+16.2% FeSO 4 

+ selective herbicide 

Three sources of Nitrogen, 

including organic to give a phased 

release. Includes Iron Pyrites for 

greater longevity of colour 

Micronised, with extra Iron for 

growth stimulation plus excellent 

moss control and improved colour. 

MAPP No 17031 

Feed, weed and mosskiller. 

Compound fertilizer with dicamba 

and mecoprop-P. Apply early spring 

late summer. MAPP 16369 

1.0-2.5 20 35 571 10.5 0 10.5 

70 285 21.0 0 21.0 

Micronised 20 40 500 15.0 0 0 

80 250 30.0 0 0 

1.0-2.5 15 20 750 20.0 4.0 8.0 

0800 424919 22


WHY Fineturf fertilizers 

❚ 1-2.5mm granule size 

❚ Analyses for all seasons 

❚ Some analyses with nitric source of 

Nitrogen for cooler conditions 

Fineturf products are ideal for turf 

managers who prefer conventional 

fertilizers which give precise control over 

nutrient inputs during the growing season 

and achieve a rapid green-up. The 

homogenous evenly-sized granules ensure 

maximum coverage and a quick 

dependable release of nutrients, even 

under cool soil temperatures. 

Several products in the Fineturf range 

contain organic nutrient which complexes 

with the mineral elements to give a more 

gradual release of nutrients. 

TOTAL 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC ORGANIC NITRIC 

% 



14 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

14 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

11 ✓ 

10 ✓ ✓ 

9 ✓ ✓ 

6 ✓ ✓ 

6 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

5 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

3 ✓ 

3 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

4 ✓ 

10 ✓ ✓ 

23 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Delta Sport Range 


Delta Sport is a high quality range of organic 

based fertilisers that are ideal for golf tees, 

surrounds and fairways, tennis courts and all 

outfield areas. 

To obtain improved performance all 

formulations of the Delta Sport range contain 

organic material. This chicken litter not only 

offers Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Potassium 

from an organic source, but also complexes 

with the mineral elements in the fertilizer 

resulting in a modified release of nutrients. 

WHY Delta Sport fertilizers 

❚ Organic mineral complex offers a modified release 

of N and K and even growth pattern 

❚ Homogenous mini-granule provides an even 

distribution of nutrients 

❚ Improved microbial activity 

❚ Improved granular spectrum compared to 

traditional outfield fertilizers 

❚ Carbon in organic material helps stimulate soil 

microbes 

❚ Minimum 20% active organic content 

WHY Delta Sport Mini fertilizer 

❚ All the benefits of the Delta Sport fertilizers but 

in a 1.0-2.5 mm mini granule size 





15-2-12 

+0.5%Fe 

12-4-8 

+0.5%Fe 

8-6-6 

+0.5%Fe 

6-3-9 

+0.5%Fe 

DELTA MINI 

12-4-8 

+0.5%Fe 

A Nitrogen, Phosphate and 

Potassium fertilizer containing 

Methylene Urea for controlled 

release, and Iron for extra colour 

A Nitrogen, Phosphate and 

Potassium fertilizer with a 3:1:2 

ratio for balanced nutrition. Added 

Iron will give improved colour 

Balanced NPK maintains steady 

growth. Ideal for application during 

spring, summer and early autumn, 

especially after overseeding 

An NPK fertilizer with lower 

amounts of nutrition to maintain 

minimal growth. Ideal for 

landscaping projects 

An NPK fertilizer with a 3:1:2 ratio 

for balanced nutrition, where 

Phosphate is required. Added Iron 

improves colour 

2.5-3.9 20 35 571 52.5 7.5 42.0 

2.5-3.9 20 35 571 42.0 14.0 28.0 

2.5-3.9 20 35 571 28.0 21.0 21.0 

2.5-3.9 20 35 571 21.0 10.5 31.5 

1.0-2.5 20 35 571 42.0 14.0 28.0 

0800 424919 24

When Delta Sport and Delta Sport 

Mini fertilizers are produced, 

composted chicken litter is 

formulated with N, P and K from 

mineral sources. This enables a 

homogeneous granule to be 

produced, with each fertilizer 

granule containing a significant 

organic content as well as 

ensuring an even distribution of 

nutrition. The organic source of 

nutrients derived from chicken litter will encourage microbial 

activity within the rootzone due to the Carbon content. The 

organic content means this range is ideal to apply after 

seeding. 

The composted material also contains Magnesium and Zinc, 

known to be extremely beneficial for healthy root 

development. 

The organic base also provides small amounts of micronutrients 

including Boron, Copper, Magnesium, Manganese, 

Iron and Zinc, all of which are essential for healthy plant 

growth. 

TOTAL 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC ORGANIC METH-UREA 

% 



15 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

8 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

6 ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

25 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Outfield Range 


WHY Outfield fertilizers 

❚ Granular fertilizers that release nutrients over a 

6-8 week period for turf cut above 12mm 

❚ Dependable and consistent performance 

❚ Uniform, homogenous compound granules for 

even distribution 





16-6-6 

S/S Outfield 

12-4-4 

S/S Fairway 

Provides a balanced feed and 

quick green-up for when turf has 

been heavily used or is very low 

in nutrition 

A well balanced NPK fertilizer, with 

a 3:1:1 ratio, ideal in maintaining 

balanced growth and plant health 

2.5-4.5 20 35 571 56.0 21.0 21.0 

2.5-4.5 20 35 571 42.0 14.0 14.0 

9-5-5 

S/S Outfield 

8-12-8 

Pre-seed 

4-10-10 

A/W Outfield 

Provides a quick green-up and a 

steady balanced feed, lasting 

several weeks 

A pre-seeding or pre-turfing fertilizer 

with a traditional 1/1.5/1 ratio 

promoting earlier grass coverage 

and faster rooting 

High P & K levels promote healthy 

root development. Primarily for 

autumn use but can be used any 

time of the year 

2.5-4.5 20 35 571 31.5 17.5 17.5 

2.5-4.5 20 35 571 28.0 42.0 28.0 

2.5-4.5 20 35 571 14.0 35.0 35.0 

The Outfield range of fertilizers for sports turf situations provides 

traditional mineral formulations with high quality, easy to apply 

granules that give a dependable performance. 

Renowned for their ease of use, as well as consistent 

performance and dependability, this range comes in 

homogenous granules, ideal for accurate application. They 

release their nutrients over a period of six to eight weeks. 

These fertilizers are available in a variety of NPK analyses and 

the highly soluble nutrient sources used in each product 

produce a good initial visual effect under a wide variety of 

environmental conditions, making them suitable for 

autumn/winter or spring/summer applications. Some 

formulations are ideal for pre-seeding operations. 

0800 424919 26

TOTAL 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC 

% 



16 ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ 

9 ✓ 

8 ✓ 

4 ✓ 

27

Microflow-CXS Range 


WHY Microflow-CXS fertilizers 

❚ Contains a range of chelated trace elements including 

Copper, Iron, Magnesium, Manganese and Zinc 

❚ Fast initial response plus controlled nutrient release 

for up to 6 weeks due to Methylene Urea polymers 

❚ Natural plant sugars provide immediate energy for 

the plants as well as for beneficial mycorrhizal fungi 

and rhizosphere bacteria 

❚ Contains naturally derived, bioactive Humic Acid, 

which provides benefits to plant and soil health 


PACK SIZE APPLICATION WATER PACK NUTRIENT INPUT 

PRODUCT NOTES SIZE RATE VOLUME COVERAGE LONGEVITY N P K 

litres litres/ha litres/ha ha kg/ha kg/ha kg/ha 

26-0-0 

+TE 

A Nitrogen only fertilizer, with various 

sources for optimal uptake and 

phased release. The trace element 

package will enhance turf health 

20 

20 400 1.0 6.5 0 0 

120 1,000 0,16 39.0 0 0 

17-2-5 

+TE 

A balanced NPK fertilizer for 

application during spring, summer 

and early autumn that will maintain 

all-round plant health 

20 

20 400 1.0 4.3 0.5 1.3 

120 1,000 0.16 25.7 3.0 7.6 

14-0-7 

+TE 

N & K fertilizer with a 2:1 ratio for 

controlled growth. To be used on 

turf with sufficient Phosphate levels 

20 

20 400 1.0 3.5 0 1.7 

120 1,000 0.16 21.0 0 10.1 

6-2-18 

+Fe+TE 

NPK fertilizer for application prior to, 

or during stress conditions. Added 

Iron will improve colour. For 

application all year round. 

20 

20 400 1.0 1.5 0.5 4.5 

120 1,000 0.16 9.0 3.0 27.0 

Methylene Ureas 

These consist of a complex series of organic 

molecules and create little if any osmotic stress to 

turf. Consequently there is minimum scorch risk. 

Plant sugars 

Microflow-CXS fertilizers contain simple plant sugars, which provide 

an energy source for the mycorrhizal fungi and rhizosphere 

bacteria and in exchange for this energy supply the mycorrhizal 

fungi provides the plant with a supply of Nitrate and Phosphate. 

Micro-nutrients (trace elements) 

A range of important micro-nutrients are available, including 

Copper, Iron, Magnesium, Manganese and Zinc. All are in chelated 

form and very readily available to the plant. 

✱ Microflow-CXS is the 

perfect partner for tank 

mixing with new Maintain 

(PGR) and the rest of the 

Rigby Taylor Speciality 


0800 424919 28

Advanced penetrants 

in Microflow-CXS allow 

the nutrients and 

biostimulants to move 

through the soil profile 

Humates 

Humates in Microflow-CXS are derived from 

Leonardite, a very bioactive form of Humic Acid. 

This is a highly compressed, natural organic 

humus that has been further decomposed by 

microbial organisms. It provides many benefits 

resulting in improved plant health and growth. 

When applying in relatively low water volumes, a high 

percentage of the nutrient remains on the leaf tissue. 

This is enhanced by the surfactant delivery system in 

Microflow-CXS, which aids absorption in through the 

leaf. 

When higher water volumes are used, the majority of 

nutrients pass in to the rootzone. This is enhanced by 

the advanced surfactant technology included in 

Microflow- CXS, that helps the nutrients penetrate the 

rootzone, for rapid uptake by the plant roots. 

Microflow-CXS 

is then quickly 

taken up by 

the plant roots 

TOTAL TRACE 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC METH-UREA ELEMENT 

% PACKAGE 



26 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

17 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

14 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

6 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

29 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Microsol Range 


WHY Microsol fertilizers 

❚ Specially formulated NPK, water soluble fertilizers with 

rapid solubilising Magnesium 

❚ Hard and soft water formulation options 

❚ Contains a trace element package 

❚ Unique addition of highly soluble Magnesium 

❚ Can be tank mixed with Maintain and Rigby Taylor 

Speciality products 


PACK SIZE APPLICATION WATER NUTRIENT INPUT 

PRODUCT NOTES SIZE RATE VOLUME COVERAGE LONGEVITY N P K 

kg kg/ha sq.m ha kg/ha kg/ha kg/ha 

28-0-14 

+2%MgO+TE 

A zero phosphate fertilizer with 

added Magnesium to improve 

photosynthesis, and trace elements 

for all round health. 

20 

15 300 1.33 4.2 0 2.1 

60 750 0.33 16.8 0 8.4 

25-5-10 

+1%MgO 

A balanced NPK fertilizer with added 

Magnesium, ideal for 

spring/summer use. 

20 

15 300 1.33 3.75 0.75 1.5 

60 750 0.33 15.0 3.0 6.0 

16-32-16 

+2%MgO+TE 

SW 

16-32-16 

+2%MgO+TE 

HW 

Two1:2:1 fertilizers, ideal for 

application after seeding and to 

encourage root growth after periods 

of plant stress. 

‘SW’ is a SOFT water option suited 

to the south east of the UK. 

‘HW’ is a HARD water option suited 

to the majority of the UK 

20 

20 

15 300 1.33 2.4 4.8 2.4 

60 750 0.33 9.6 19.2 9.6 

15 300 1.33 2.4 4.8 2.4 

60 750 0.33 9.6 19.2 9.6 

12-6-44 

+TE 

Readily available N especially in 

the cooler conditions. High K levels 

aid plant durability during the 

autumn/winter months. 

20 

15 300 1.33 1.8 0.9 6.6 

60 750 0.33 7.2 3.6 26.6 

0800 424919 30

This superior range of soluble fertilizers 

has a number of new analyses to suit all 

turf surfaces. Designed for all year 

round use, these analyses can be 

used in both hard and soft water 

areas. The Microsol range gives the turf 

manager an economical option, with 

accurate even application for fertilizing large areas 

such as fairways, football pitches and racecourses. A 

full trace element package is included in each formulation. 

TOTAL 

TRACE 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC NITRIC ELEMENT 

% PACKAGE 



25 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

28 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

16 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

16 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

31 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Landscape Range 

Rose Fertilizer 

❚ 5-2-10 formulation 

❚ An ideal base fertilizer for tree and 

shrub planting 

One hundred percent organic. The analysis is formulated to 

encourage perfect blooms with good colour. 

Recommended application rates: 35-50g per sq.m. 

Planting Plus 

❚ 4-12-10 +4%Mg 

❚ High potash fertilizer for excellent blooms 

❚ Contains organic source of nutrition 

This fertilizer is ideal for use as a base dressing when planting or 

containerising trees and shrubs, and also as a top dressing for 

hardy nursery stock. Planting Plus provides Nitrogen and 

Phosphorus in a slow release form, together with Potash and 

Magnesium. It also contains Lignite for increased cation 

exchange capacity in the soil so helping keep the nutrients 

working together longer. 

Recommended application rates: 70-140g per sq.m. 

“ 

We are great believers in the benefits that can be 

gained through the use of products containing 

Amino acids. They help the plant to resist stress and we 

use them in the build up to a match to assist the plant 

recovery. We use Microlite Activ8, supplemented with 

Amino-Form LX and MicroDyne through June and 

July, which is a nutritional combination of microgranular 

fertilizers and liquid biostimulants 

” 

David Roxburgh 

Head Groundsman, Rangers FC Ibrox Stadium 

0800 424919 

32

Quantity Guides 

HOW MANY 20kg* BAGS ARE NEEDED FOR THE TOTAL AREA : Black figures 

WHAT QUANTITY (kgs) IS REQUIRED FOR THE SINGLE AREA : Green figures 

*The Greenforce bag (only) contains 15 kgs 


Microlite 

Activ8 

Microfine 

Apex 

Premier-HG 

Fineturf 

Delta Sport 

Outfield 

PolyPro 

43-0-0 

PolyPro 

All other 

analyses 

ConVert 

41-0-0 

ConVert 

All other 

analyses 

Microlite 

TE-Bag 

Greenforce 

Microfine 

Organic 

RT 

Micronised 

Lawn Sand 

x1 x18 x4 x4 x1 x1 x1 x1 

Hectare Golf Bowling Tennis Cricket Football Rugby Hockey 

Greens Greens Courts Square Pitch Pitch Pitch 

each each each Max Min Max Min 

Application 10,000sq.m 500sq.m 1,475sq.m 262sq.m 520sq.m 10,800sq.m 4,140sq.m 6,900sq.m 4,950sq.m 4,500sq.m 

Rate 

(9,000sq.m) (5,900sq.m) (1,048sq.m) 

35g/sq.m 18 bags 16 bags 11 bags 2 bags 1 bag 19 bags 8 bags 12 bags 9 bags 8 bags 

350 kgs 17.5 kgs 52 kgs 9 kgs 18 kgs 378 kgs 145 kgs 241 kgs 173 kgs 158 kgs 

25g/sq.m 13 bags 12 bags 8 bags 2 bags 1 bags 14 bags 5 bags 9 bags 7 bags 6 bags 

250 kgs 12.5 kgs 37 kgs 6.5 kgs 13 kgs 270 kgs 104 kgs 173 kgs 124 kgs 113 kgs 

15g/sq.m 8 bags 7 bags 5 bags 1 bag 1 bag 9 bags 4 bags 6 bags 4 bags 4 bags 









200 kgs 180 kgs 30 kgs 5.25 kgs 10.5 kgs 216 kgs 83 kgs 138 kgs 99 kgs 90 kgs 




250 kgs 10 kgs 37 kgs 6.5 kgs 13 kgs 270 kgs 104 kgs 173 kgs 124 kgs 113 kgs 




100 kgs 5 kgs 14.75 kgs 2.6 kgs 5.2 kgs 108 kgs 41.4 kgs 69 kgs 49.5 kgs 45 kgs 




200 kgs 10 kgs 30 kgs 5.25 kgs 10.5 kgs 216 kgs 83 kgs 138 kgs 99 kgs 90 kgs 




400 kgs 20 kgs 59 kgs 10.5 kgs 21 kgs 432 kgs 166 kgs 276 kgs 198 kgs 180 kgs 


800 kgs 40 kgs 118 kgs 21 kgs 42 kgs 864 kgs 332 kgs 552 kgs 396 kgs 360 kgs 

Notes: Quantities sufficient for ONE application at the recommended rate. Ensure accurate measurement of area to be treated and apply at the recommended label rate. 

33 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Spreaders 

Model RT36PP 

Model RTCP36 

Model RT36PS 

Model RT60PS 

OptiM8 

COMMERCIAL 

Diamond frame, heavy-duty, epoxy powder 

coated steel chassis 

36kg hopper capacity 

Interchangeable tray system 

Heavy-duty gearbox for longer life 

Wide spaced 33cm diameter turf tyres on stainless 

steel axle 

Debris screen 

Rain-proof hopper cover (as standard) 

5 year limited warranty 

Exclusive Calibrator bag 

Comes with Standard Output tray 

High Output and Low Output trays optional extras 

OptiM8 

PROFESSIONAL 

High specification spreaders featuring twin-tube 

epoxy powder coated or stainless steel chassis. 

36kg or 60kg hopper capacity 

Interchangeable tray system 

‘Bull’ cushioned handles reduces fatigue 

Adjustable handle for custom operator fit 

Heavy-duty gearbox for longer life 

Wide spaced 33cm diameter turf tyres on stainless 

steel axle 

Debris screen 

Rain-proof hopper cover (as standard) 

5 year limited warranty 

Exclusive Calibrator bag to aid application 

accuracy 

Comes with Standard Output tray 

High Output and Low Output trays optional extras 

0800 424919 34

OptiM8 

Each OptiM8 model has three interchangeable trays, providing a 

high level of operation flexibility. 

1 

2 

3 

Each tray feature is ergonomically designed to ensure all products flow easily to the bottom of the tray, 

fully emptying the hopper. 

Standard Output 

For high-level application accuracy, the 

Standard Output tray features a 3-hole 

drop mechanism with a dual-port 

adjustable shut off system. Ensures an 

even spread of all granular fertilizer 

products over an 180˚ spread width. 

Saves time and money with a one-pass, 

even application 

High Output 

Designed specifically for the 

application of large granular materials 

such as rock salt. The tray features a 

NEW oscillating agitator that improves 

the flow of difficult to spread materials. 

Innovative design provides enhanced 

agitation and product delivery 

Low Output 

Accurate spreading of small-gauge 

materials such as grass and flower 

seed and certain specialist chemicals. 

The oscillating shut-off with agitating 

pins ensures fine materials flow more 

freely. 

Specially designed for low volume 

applications 

35 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Chemicals 


Disease Control 

Fungicide Activity Type Fusarium Dollar Anthrac- Red Take-all Leaf Brown Rust Fairy Page 

Patch Spot nose Thread Patch Spot Patch Ring Number 

Eland Translaminar Preventative/Curative ✓ ✓ * ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 42 

Defender Mesostemic Protective/Curative ✓ ✗ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗ 40 

Rayzor Contact Preventative/Curative ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ 44 

Fusion Systemic Eradicant/Protective ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✓ ✓ * ✓ ✗ 41 

Foremost Systemic Eradicant/Protective ✓ ✓ * ✓ * ✗ ✗ ✓ * ✗ ✗ ✓ 43 

Pest Control 

Page 

Pesticide Activity Type Earthworms Nematodes 

Number 

Mascot Systemic Systemic Repellant ✓ ✗ 61 

Eagle Green Care Contact Protective/Curative ✗ ✓ 59 

Selective Weed Control 

Types of weed controlled 

Page 

Herbicide Activity Broad-leaved Ryegrass Brushwood Invasive Moss New* grass Number 

Greenor Translocated ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ 48 

Junction Translocated ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ 49 

Crossbar Translocated ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ 47 

Pivotal Translocated ✓ ✗ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗ 51 

Icade Translocated ✓ ✗ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗ 46 

GreenForce ‡ Contact/Systemic ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ ✓ 58 

‡ Compound Fertilizer 

Plant Growth Regulator 

* Suppression 

*On new grass 8 weeks after sowing 

Application Activity 

Product Type Inhibits Lateral Seed Reduced Increased 

Vertical Stem Head Mowing Root Weed Page 

Growth Development Suppression Frequency Mass Control Number 

Maintain Bio Synthesis Inhibitor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ 54 

0800 424919 36

Total Weed Control 

Types of Weed Controlled 

Herbicide Activity Broad-leaved Grasses Brushwood Total Stump Moss Aquatic Page 

regrowth 

Number 

Hi-Activ Amenity Translocated/non-residual ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✓ 57 

Gallup Biograde Translocated/non-residual ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✓ 55 

Discman Biograde Translocated/non-residual ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗ ✓ 56 

Chikara Contact/residual ✓ ✓ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ 52 

Ecoplug Max Non-spray/Translocated ✗ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗ 66 

Moss Control 

Areas of Use 

Page 

Herbicide Activity Tees & Greens Lawns Fairways Playing Areas Number 

Lawn Sand Contact/Residual ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 58 

Maxicrop No2 Contact/Residual ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 77 

GreenForce ‡ Contact/Systemic ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 58 

Speciality Chemicals 

Area 

Page 

Product of use Activity Number 

✗ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✗ 

✓ 

✗ 

Qualgex Removes algae and lichen from hard and artificial surfaces, timber, glass and tiles 38 

TriMate Tank mixable adjuvant that improves recovery and fungicide surface retention and leaf penatration 45 

Sward Tank mixable adjuvant for use with Mascot Systemic for enhanced suppression of earthworms 62 

Trailblazer Trio Spray pattern indicator/anti-drift agent/water conditioner 63 

Lineout Liquid foamer for use with spray ‘blob’ markers to identify spray swath treated areas 65 

Clearspray Tank cleaner. Effective against all amenity pesticide residues, including glyphosate 64 

Foamcheck Defoaming of spray tank solutions. Especially suitable against wetting agents 65 

Ice Clean Ice removal from hard surfaces. Calcium Chloride alternative to rock salt and road grit 66 

37 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Qualgex 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

A surface biocide for professional use 

against algae on external hard surfaces 

WHY Qualgex 

❚ Fully HSE registered 

❚ Contains citric acid and penetrant to aid 

efficacy 

❚ Highly active and long lasting product 

❚ Rapid acting – results seen within 48 hours 

❚ Effective against all types of algae 

❚ Effective cleaning action which ‘brightens’ 

surface 

❚ For best results, apply using an anvil type 

nozzle 

How Qualgex works 

Qualgex is soluble in water, non-corrosive and safe to 

most surfaces so is an ideal maintenance product for 

local authorities, schools, commercial premises etc. 

Qualgex is one of the strongest products on the market 

and is a Health & Safety executive registered biocide. 

A unique feature of Qualgex is that unlike some other 

biocides, it is not de-activated by organic matter, 

consequently it will work effect ively on dirty surfaces 

such as paths that have not been kept clean. 

The action of Qualgex is very rapid, killing algae and 

other targets upon contact, with visual effects usually 

being seen within 24-48 hours after application. The 

product also has a cleaning action that will brighten the 

appearance of stonework and similar hard surfaces. 

1. Unicellular algae 

2. Qualgex spray penetrates cell 

wall, enters chloroplasts, kills 

chlorophyll and renders cell inactive 

Untreated 

slab 

Slab treated 

with Qualgex 

chloroplasts 

Qualgex spray 

3. Algal cell is deactivated, 

photo synthesis ceases and 

the cell dies 

cell wall 

chlorophyll 

4. Dead algal cells 

detach from the 

surface 

Contains: Alkyl C12-C14 dimethyl 

benzylammonium chloride 9.5% 

+ Citric Acid + penetrant 

HSE No: 7716 

Pack size: 5 litres 

Pack coverage: 500 sq.m 

RT order code: 0488701/05 

Use plant protection products safely. 

Always read the label and product information before use. 

APPLICATION RATES 

Qualgex Water Area 

50 ml 1 litre 5m 2 

1 litre 20 litres 100m 2 

5 litres 100 litres 500m 2 

RECOMMENDED PERIOD OF USE 

J F M A M J J A S O N D 

0800 424919 38

FUNGICIDES 

Four effective ways 

to control the major 

turf diseases 

RAYZOR

ACTION➟ 

Defender 

A broad spectrum fungicide 

displaying protective and curative 

activity against Fusarium Patch 

and Red Thread 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

TRANSLAMINAR 

➟ 

➟ 

RAINFAST 

WHY Defender 

❚ Ideal as part of an integrated tank-mix 

disease management programme 

❚ Gives broad spectrum fungal disease 

control including Fusarium Patch and 

Red Thread 

❚ Displays both preventative and curative 

activity due to its mesostemic mode of 

action 

❚ Fungal control still effective under cold 

conditions (not frost) 

❚ Excellent rainfast properties provide 

maximum effectiveness 

The best form of defence is attack! 

How Defender works 

Defender is a strobilurin based fungicide that displays 

both protective and some curative activity against 

Fusarium Patch and Red Thread. It has a mesostemic 

mode of action, offering multiple benefits in terms of its 

distribution around the plant: 

Protects new growth: Though not transported within the 

xylem of the plant it still has local penetrant movement. 

Long lasting control: It is strongly attracted to lipids and 

so binds more easily to the cuticle and waxy layer of 

the plant leaf, so providing good rainfast properties. 

Excellent coverage: Can move by both vapour activity 

and surface moisture, so is re-distributed around the 

application point and also away from it. 

Translaminar properties: Can move across the leaf 

blade giving disease control on the opposite side of 

the leaf from where it has been applied. 

How to use Defender 

Apply Defender as a preventative treatment at the first 

sign of disease. If grass is being mown it should be 

applied after cutting, and further mowing should not 

take place until at least 48 hours after treatment. 

Do not apply more than two applications of Defender 

per year. Do not apply sequential applications of the 

fungicide. Alternate with a fungicide having a different 

mode of action. 

Red Thread 

Fusarium 

Contains: 500g/kg (50% w/w) trifloxystrobin 

MAPP No: 14065 

Pack size: 700g and 140g 

Pack coverage: 10,000 sq.m (1ha) 





Equipment Defender Water Volume Area 

Vehicle Mounted 

Hydraulic Sprayer 

700g 400-500 litres 1 ha 

Knapsack Sprayer 35g 20-25 litres 500m 2 



0800 424919 40

Fusion 

A contact and systemic 

fungicide with eradicant and 

preventative activity against 

most major turf diseases 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY Fusion 

❚ Controls Fusarium Patch, Red Thread, 

Dollar Spot, Anthracnose, Leaf Spot and 

Rust in amenity turf 

❚ Combination of trifloxystrobin and 

tebuconazole offers both contact and 

systemic activity 

❚ Wide window of application over the 

season – can be used any time of year 

❚ Low application rate gives cost effective 

control 

❚ Ideal as part of an integrated disease 

management programme 


Equipment Fusion Water Volume Area 



1 litre 400-500 litres 1 ha 

Knapsack Sprayer 50ml 20-25 litres 500m 2` 



Fusarium 

Red Thread 

Dollar Spot 

Anthracnose 

How Fusion works 

As part of the overall integrated disease 

management programme it may well 

be necessary on occasion to apply a 

fungicide within the regime. 

Fusion is a dual action fungicide 

containing both trifloxystrobin and 

tebuconazole. Trifloxystrobin belongs to 

the strobilurin class of chemistry and 

inhibits cellular respiration, whilst 

tebuconazole is a sterol biosynthesis 

inhibitor. Consequently, the product 

offers both protective and some 

eradicant activity. 

This product has very good rainfast 

properties, provides long-lasting control 

and can be used all year round, even at 

very low temperatures providing the 

weather conditions are appropriate. 

How to use Fusion 

Fusion can be used when grass is either 

dormant or actively growing, ideally 

applied prior to or immediately disease 

symptoms first appear. If grass is being 

mown, Fusion should be applied after 

cutting and further mowing should not 

take place until at least 48 hours after 

treatment. 

Alternate with a fungicide having a 

different mode of action. 

Contains: 200g/l (18.2% w/w) tebuconazole 

and 100g/l (9.1%) trifloxystrobin 


Pack size: 1 litre and 250ml 

Pack coverage: 10,000 sq.m (1ha) 

RT order code: 0632310/01 or /250 



Rust 

Leaf Spot 

WIDE RANGE OF USES 

Golf Courses 

Residential & Commercial 

Lawns 

Sportsfields 

Parks 

Cricket & Bowls Pitches 

Municipal Grounds 

Cemeteries 

41 

www.rigbytaylor.com

ACTION➟ 

Eland 

TRANSLAMINAR 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

A broad spectrum fungicide for the 

control of Fusarium Patch, Red 

Thread, Dollar Spot and other key 

diseases in managed amenity turf 

RAINFAST 

WHY Eland 

❚ Latest generation strobilurin 

fungicide – can be used all year round 

❚ Increased persistence, wide spectrum 

of activity 

❚ Multi-site activity with long term efficacy 

❚ Rainfast 1 hour after application 

❚ Enhances appearance of the sward 

❚ Excellent turf safety 

❚ Superb in tank mixtures 


Equipment Eland Water Volume Area 

Vehicle Mounted 1.25kg 200 litres 1 ha 

Knapsack Sprayer 62.5g 25 litres 500m 2 



How Eland works 

The systemic properties of this exciting molecule allow 

Eland to move through the leaf and control disease 

both on its upper and on its lower surface. This unique 

activity protects both sides of the leaf within minutes of 

application. 

Eland offers 

dual-sided leaf protection 

The spray deposit serves as a constant fungicide 

reservoir, releasing active ingredient to provide longterm 

protection….even when mowed off. Eland is 

especially suited to being applied as a preventative 

treatment, especially at times when turf disease 

pressure is high. It can also restrain mycelial growth and 

thereby provide additional curative activity. 

Improved sward appearance Treatments of Eland 

stimulate an increase in the plants capacity to convert 

nitrite to nitrate which improves the plants use of 

Nitrogen, resulting in the turf exhibiting an enhanced 

green colour. A further effect is a decrease in the 

release of ethylene, which leads to higher stress 

tolerance for the plant and is a major benefit during 

periods of drought. 

Broad spectrum disease control 

Controls all major turf diseases 

...with high level activity against: 

Contains: 200g/kg (20% w/w) pyraclostrobin 


Pack size: 250g bottle 

Pack coverage: 2,000 sq.m 




Anthracnose 

Brown Patch 

Fairy Ring 

Fusarium Patch 

Snow Mould 

Leaf Spot 

Melting Out 

Pythium Blight (Damping Off) 

Red Thread 

Rust 

Take-all Patch 

Dollar Spot suppression 

0800 424919 42

Foremost 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

Highly active ingredients with 

different modes of action provide 

systemic activity and stops spore 

germination on leaf surface 

WHY Foremost 

❚ Contains two highly active fungicides 

with different modes of action 

❚ Preventative, curative, eradicant and 

systemic action 

❚ Ideal partner in a tank mix combination 

❚ Stops germination of spores on leaf 

surface 

❚ Effective under cold conditions 

How Foremost works 

Applied at the early stage of the disease Foremost’s curative 

activity provides outstanding results. Alternatively, the product 

can be applied before the onset of the disease during 

periods when disease risk is high, so preventing infection 

occurring. Foremost offers a three-way route for the 

achievement of superb disease control, delivering 

preventative, curative and eradicant activity. 

The combination of actives in Foremost have complimentary 

modes of action ensuring excellent disease control under a 

wide range of situations. Foremost is particularly suited for use 

in tank mixtures and integrated fungicide programmes. 


Equipment Foremost Water Volume Area 

Power Sprayer 1.6 litres 500 litres 1 ha 

Knapsack Sprayer 80ml 25 litres 500m 2 

Contains: 267g/l prochloraz and 

132g/l tebuconazole 


Pack size: 850 ml 







43 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Rayzor 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

A broad spectrum contact 

fungicide with protectant activity 

against Fusarium Patch, Dollar 

Spot, Red Thread, and reduction of 

Anthracnose, Leaf Spot and Rust 

RAINFAST 

WHY Rayzor 

❚ A dicarboximide fungicide 

for control of Fusarium Patch 

and Red Thread 

❚ Displays both preventative and curative 

activity 

❚ Ideal for use when grass growth is at its 

slowest 

❚ Formulation is rainfast in 1 hour 

❚ Dew build-up is reduced following 

application 

❚ Ideal as part of an integrated disease 

management programme 

How Rayzor works 

Fungicides can be generally classified into specific groups, 

each having different modes of action. Some are multi-site, 

some are single-site inhibitors with varying effects on the 

metabolic process of the pathogen. 

Contact fungicides such as Rayzor can be applied 

throughout the year, though best results are achieved in the 

autumn-spring period when growth is at its slowest. Mowing 

after application however, will tend to remove the active 

ingredient and new growth will not be protected. 

How to use Rayzor 

Rayzor specifically controls Fusarium Patch (Microdochium 

nivale) and Red Thread (Laetisaria fuciformis). It can be 

applied only to golf greens, golf tees, and for patch 

treatment of up to 5% of fairways. 

Rayzor can be used all year round to golf courses but ideally 

should be applied between autumn and spring when grass 

growth is at its slowest. 

Curative: Apply at first sign of disease and repeat as 

necessary at intervals of 1 month or greater. Maximum 

number of treatments: 4 per year. 

Preventative: Apply at monthly intervals. 

Dew build-up is reduced after treatment APPLICATION RATES 

Equipment Rayzor Water Volume Area 



20 litres 500 litres 1 ha 




Contains: 255g/l (25% w/w) iprodione 



Pack coverage: 10,000 or 2,500 sq.m 




0800 424919 44 


Red Thread

TriMate 

For use with turf fungicides to 

maximize leaf surface retention, 

assist plants’ natural defences and 

stimulate recovery from damage 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY TriMate 

❚ Aid to recovery 

❚ Enhances fungicide leaf penetration 

❚ Maximises surface spray retention 

❚ Stimulates root growth 

❚ Excellent tank mix properties 

Improve Disease 

Control 

How TriMate works 

TriMate is a unique combination of Amino Acids, Fulvic 

Acid, leaf penetrant and foliar ‘sticking’ agent. 

The product has been formulated to aid the fast 

penetration of Amino Acids into the leaf whilst, at the 

same time, improving coverage on the leaf surface 

ensuring maximum surface retention of the spray. 

Designed to be used in tank mixes with a wide range of 

fungicides, TriMate’s combination of Amino and Fulvic 

Acids assists the plants natural defence mechanisms 

and stimulates root growth and recovery from damage, 

improving the performance of tank mixture 

components. 

Trimate can be used with most turf grass fungicides 

including Defender, Eland, Rayzor, Fusion and Foremost. 

Rigby Taylor has developed a number of disease control 

programmes for winter and early spring that combine 

curative and protective activity against Fusarium and 

other common turf disease. 

Consult the Rigby Taylor Tank Mixture Programmes for 

further information. 

➟ 

➟ 

Enhance Plant 

Defences 

Stimulate Growth 

Recovery 


Equipment TriMate Water Volume Area 

Power Sprayer 20 litres 500 litres 1 ha 



Contains: A blend of polyoxyalkylene glycol 

surfactants and biostimulants 






45 

www.rigbytaylor.com

➟ 

Icade 

Effective control of Japanese 

knotweed, hogweed and other 

tough weeds in amenity 

grassland 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟➟ 

➟ 

RAINFAST 

WHY Icade 

❚ Effective against tough and invasive 

weeds 

❚ Rainfast in 1 hour 

❚ Safe to grasses 

❚ Virtually no odour 

❚ Outstanding translocation to the weed 

roots 

How Icade works 

Icade is a new and unique herbicide that will provide effective 

control against difficult to control and pernicious weeds such as 

Japanese knotweed, hogweed, rosebay willow herb and 

brambles. It’s low odour makes it an ideal product to use in 

areas where public alarm may be generated by smells 

commonly associated with herbicide application, and being 

rainfast in 1 hour is a major benefit over glyphosate. 

Unwanted vegetation in amenity grassland and non-crop areas 

causes safety hazards, severe economic loss and damage to 

important and desirable structures. In addition the weeds are 

unsightly, reduce biodiversity and can pose a severe risk to 

human health. 

Icade brings a range of benefits over existing products when it 

comes to controlling problems weeds. 

In a programme Icade has shown good 

control of marestail and horsetail. 

*This product is covered by a 

Stewardship scheme which requires 

operators to be trained in the best 

use of Icade. Contact your RT 

representative or one of the 

company branches for details 

Icade is quickly transported 

throughout the target weed 

and is ideal for weed 

control in such areas as 

railway and motorway 

embankments, industrial 

areas, under powerlines, in 

cemeteries, utility areas and 

around groundsmen and 

greenkeeper sheds. 

Contains: 12 g/litre aminopyralid and 

120 g/litre of triclopyr 


Pack size: 1 litre 


RT order code: 0434105 




Equipment Icade Water Volume Area 

Power Sprayer 2-4 litres 200-400 litres 1 ha 

Knapsack Sprayer 150-200ml 10-20 litres 500m 2 



0800 424919 46

➟ 

Crossbar 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟➟ 

➟ 

An outstanding selective 

broad-leaved herbicide for 

managed amenity turf and 

amenity grassland 

WHY Crossbar 

❚ Controls many difficult-to-kill turf weeds 

including Slender Speedwell and Yellow 

Suckling Clover 

❚ Contains three powerful active ingredients 

giving broad spectrum activity 

❚ Can be applied on newly sown turf 

2 months after sowing 

❚ Excellent grass safety 

How Crossbar works 

Crossbar contains three powerful active ingredients – 

fluroxypyr, 2,4-D and dicamba. 

Fluroxypyr belongs to the pyridine carboxylic acids group of 

chemicals and is active at very low dose rates and readily 

translocated through the target weeds. Dicamba and 2,4-D 

also work by interrupting plant hormone activity in 

susceptible weed species. 

Weeds controlled 

by Crossbar 

Chickweed, Common 

Clover, White 

APPLICATION RATES – MANAGED AMENITY TURF & GRASSLAND 

Equipment Crossbar Water Volume Area 

Power Sprayer 2 litres 200-1,000 litres 1 ha 


Maximum number of 2 applications per year 

APPLICATION RATES – NEWLY-SOWN AMENITY TURF & GRASSLAND 

Equipment Crossbar Water Volume Area 

Power Sprayer 0.95 litres 200-1,000 litres 1 ha 


Maximum number of 2 applications per year 



Contains: 105 g/l fluroxypyr (acid equivalent), 

285 g/l 2,4-D (acid equivalent) 

and 52.5 g/l dicamba 



Pack coverage: 1 hectare 




Mouse Ear, Common 

Daisy 

Yarrow 

Plantain spp 

Dandelion 

Yellow Suckling Clover 

How to use Crossbar 

Selfheal 

Sorrel, Common 

Hawkweed, Mouse-ear Speedwell, Slender 

Buttercup, Creeping 

Cat’s Ear 

Apply when the weeds are actively growing (normally 

between April and September) and when the soil is moist. 

Best results are obtained by applying in spring or early 

summer before weeds begin to flower. 

New turf may be treated in the spring provided that at least 

two months have elapsed between sowing and treatment. 

Repeat application 8-10 weeks after first application if 

necessary. 

Under difficult conditions, use of Zeal water conditioner and 

penetrant will enhance weed spectrum control. 

47 

www.rigbytaylor.com

➟ 

Greenor 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟➟ 

➟ 

A new generation selective turf 

herbicides that kills a wide range 

of broad-leaved including white 

and yellow suckling clovers 

WHY Greenor 

❚ Unique micro-emulsion technology 

increases herbicidal activity 

❚ Controls a wide range of common turf 

weeds 

❚ Can be used on new grass only two 

months after sowing 

❚ Does not scorch the plant leaves as with 

some other herbicides 

How Greenor works 

Unique technology – 

unique weedkilling ability 

Greenor is the result of more than five years research 

into micro-emulsion technology which increases 

herbicide activity, resulting in a more thorough kill with 

lower amounts of active ingredient. 

Greenor does not scorch the weed leaves, so there is 

no burnt appearance. Because it achieves effective 

translocation into the roots, a more thorough kill of the 

root occurs, so achieving a greater level of weed 

control. 

Low odour formulations 

Greenor is a micro-emulsion formulation that has very 

low odour compared to other products. 


Equipment Greenor Water Volume Area 

Power Sprayer 4 litres 200-1,000 litres 1 ha 




White Clover 

Yellow Suckling Clover 

Unique formulation – 

unique safety to fine turfgrasses 

This highly selective new generation herbicide 

has excellent grass safety. It is even 

recommended for use on new grass from as 

early as two months after sowing so the product 

can be used throughout the turf – even on worn 

patches that have recently been re-seeded. 

Contains: 40g fluroxypyr, 20g clopyralid, 

200g MCPA per litre 







0800 424919 48

➟ 

Junction 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟➟ 

➟ 

A new generation herbicide specially 

formulated for contractors for the 

regular maintenance control of 

weeds in sports, amenity turf and 

amenity grassland 

RAINFAST 

WHY Junction 

❚ Unique micro-emulsion technology 

increases herbicidal activity 

❚ Controls a wide range of common turf 

weeds 

❚ Can be used on new grass only two 

months after sowing 

Junction 

Area treated by 1 litre (sq.m) 


Equipment Junction Water Volume Area 

Power Sprayer 1.2 litres 100-400 litres 1 ha 




How Junction works 

JUNCTION* TURF HERBICIDE uses the power of florasulam 

to reduce the overall amount of active ingredient 

applied as required by the Sustainable Use Directive 

(SUD). This not only minimises the active loading on the 

environment, but also reduces the amount of product 

needed to be carried to a job. The florasulam is 

combined with a low rate of 2,4-D, which broadens the 

weed spectrum of Junction. 

Junction has been cleverly formulated as a suspoemulsion 

in water, allowing it to be applied in 100 litres 

water per hectare. This markedly reduces the time 

needed to complete a spray operation. Junction can 

be applied after only 2 months to spring or summer 

sown turf. In addition, reseeding can be carried out just 

4 weeks after application. 

Both systemic active ingredients 

enter primarily through the foliage 

and are readily translocated, 

moving to all growing points of the 

weeds. Junction Turf Herbicide is 

rapidly absorbed and rainfast one 

hour after treatment. 

Junction and turf selectivity: 

Junction has been widely tested 

and shows high levels of safety to 

the following common fine turf 

grass species: Annual meadow 

grass, browntop bent, chewings 

fescue, creeping bent, perennial 

ryegrass, smooth stalked meadow 

grass, timothy grass. 

Weeds controlled by Junction: 

Broad-leaved (Greater) Plantain, 

Common Dandelion, Daisy, Sticky 

Mouse-ear, White Clover. 

Contains: Florasulam and 2,4-D 







Turn right for more efficient weed control! 

49 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Mascot 

Hi-Aktiv Amenity 

® 

A new generation 

high-level glyphosate 

▲ Contains 490 g/l glyphosate ▲ 

▲ Visible symptoms within 1 week ▲ 

▲ Up to 36% more herbicidal activity▲ 

▲ Can plant within 24 hours of application ▲ 

▲ Aquatic use recommendation ▲ 

▲With BEAT Technology▲ 

BioEnhance Adjuvant Technology

➟ 

Pivotal 

NEW 

TO THE RANGE 

A liquid selective broad-leaved 

weed herbicide for the control of 

many annual and perennial weeds 

in grassland and managed amenity 

turf and amenity grassland 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟➟ 

➟ 

WHY Pivotal 

❚ Excellent control of a wide range of 

broad-leaved weeds in grassland 

❚ Translocated to roots ensuring 

long-term control 

❚ No impact on grass growth following 

application 

❚ Rainfast in just two hours 

❚ Use in amenity grassland, e.g. airfields, 

railways, road embankments, paddocks 

How Pivotal works 

Pivotal contains two powerful active ingredients, fluroxpyr and 

triclopyr. 

Fluroxypyr belongs to the pyridine carbolic acid chemical group 

and is active at very low dose rates and is readily translocated 

through the target weed. Triclopyr is a systemic, foliar herbicide 

in the pyridine group. It is used to control broadleaf weeds while 

leaving grasses unaffected. 

How to use Pivotal 

Apply using a medium quality spray when weeds are actively 

growing between the months of April and September. Best 

results are obtained when application is made before weeds 

begin to flower. 

Pivotal provides ‘best in class’ control of difficult to control 

species as well as a huge range of broad-leaved weed species. 

Request the Pivotal ‘RTechnical’ sheet for full listing. 

Example of weeds controlled by Pivotal 

Annual weeds Perennial weeds 

Chickweed Bramble 

Cleavers 

Broom 

Corn marigold Ground ivy 

Cranesbill 

Dandelion 

Field bindweed Docks 

Groundsel 

Nettles 

Medick 

Ribwort plantain 

APPLICATION RATE – Overall treatment 

Equipment Pivotal Water Volume Area 

Power sprayer 2 litres 200-400 litres 1 ha 

Contains: 150g/l Triclopyr, 150g/l fluroxypyr 



Pack coverage: 2.5 ha 




APPLICATION RATES – Knapsack 

Target Pivotal Water Volume Area 

General broad-leaved weeds 200ml 20 litres 1,000 sq.m 

Perennial weeds 300ml 20 litres 660 sq.m 

Established/Woody weeds 400ml 20 litres 660 sq.m 



51 

www.rigbytaylor.com

➟ ➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

Chikara 

WATER DISPERSABLE 

GRANULES 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

A highly effective, broad-spectrum 

herbicide for tough weed situations. 

New shrub bed recommendation 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY Chikara 

❚ Pre-emergent and early postemergent* 

weed control on surfaces 

not intended to bear vegetation 

❚ Combines both contact and 

long-term residual action 

❚ Can be mixed with glyphosate to 

control emerged weeds 

❚ Low application rate for cost-effective 

control 

❚ Convenient water dispersible 

granular formulation for ease of 

application 


Equipment Chikara Water Volume Area 

Power Sprayer 150g 200-600 litres 1 ha 

Knapsack Sprayer 15g 15 litres 1,000m 


J F M A* M* J* J* A* S* O N D 

*May be tank-mixed with glyphosate-based herbicides 

Contains: 25% w/w flazasulfuron (250g/kg) 


Pack size: 50g, 150g 

Pack coverage: 50g: 0.33ha 

150g: 1 hectare 

RT order code: 0488380/ 



How Chikara ® works 

Chikara is a systemic preemergent 

herbicide for the control 

of annual and perennial weeds on 

natural surfaces, including shrub 

beds, around established 

vegetation and permeable 

surfaces overlying soil, including 

gravel paths and parking areas. 

Chikara has a high level of 

residual activity and is NOT to be 

used on ground intended to bear 

vegetation. 

Chikara is absorbed by shoots and 

roots and translocated through 

the xylem and phloem to the 

meristematic zone where it inhibits 

acetolactate synthase (a key 

enzyme involved in amino-acid 

synthesis), resulting in plant death. 

Many affected weed seedlings will 

not emerge above soil level. Those 

that do will exhibit yellowing or 

reddening of the leaves and 

become necrotic and die shortly 

thereafter. 

Chikara has a broad spectrum of 

herbicidal activity with control lasting up to 5 months against broadleaved 

and grass weeds. Where weeds are established/emerged 

at the time of application always tank mix Chikara with an 

appropriate dose of an approved glyphosate formulation. 

How to use Chikara 

Controls 

problem 

weeds for 

up to 5 

months 

Chikara may be used on any porous surface, where total weed 

control is required. 

Areas of use include Fence lines ✱ Strips of land adjacent to timber 

yards ✱ Around buildings ✱ Industrial sites ✱ Oil and gas storage 

sites ✱ Power stations ✱ Electric sub-station ✱ Beneath pylons ✱ 

Park obstacles and furniture. 

Due to the potential for run-off into surface waters Chikara must not 

be used on non-porous man-made surfaces, e.g. paved areas, 

concrete, tarmac car parks and footpaths. Chikara must not be 

used in or around amenity vegetation. 

For best results apply Chikara before weeds germinate. If weeds 

are present, tank mix with a glyphosate-based herbicide when the 

weeds are small and actively growing. 

Do not apply more than one application of Chikara per year. 

0800 424919 52

Cost effective weed control – the real savings 

Chikara offers local authorities and contractors a positive way of reducing costs, 

whilst still maintaining effective weed control. 

Comparing the costs of season long control of weeds with Chikara, compared to 

multiple visits for strimming and/or repeat spray applications of glyphosate, there 

are potentially major savings to be made. 

Application/Operation 

Cost (average purchase/labour cost) 

1 x Chikara + glyphosate* spray treatment 4 pence/sq. metre 

3 x glyphosate only treatments 7 pence/sq. metre 

12 x strimming operations 84 pence/sq. metre 

Compared to strimming a massive saving of 0.80p/sq.metre or 

£8,000/hectare is achieved! 

* Required where there is existing vegetation 

Sustainable Use Directive 

Chikara applications: 

✳ Sustainable and integrated use of pesticides 

✳ Promotion of low input regimes 

✳ Reducing risks and impact on human health and the 

environment 

✳ Provisions to protect water 

Risk reduction 

✳ Cost effective and low risk 

alternative to repeat strimming 

or multiple glyphosate spraying 

✳ No HAV’s* to record 

✳ Low level active ingredient 

loading 

✳ HSE requires employers to 

reduce risk wherever possible 

✳ Full product support 

✳ Onsite training if required 

Avoid spray drift and treatment of 

shallow rooted specimens. Do not spray close to non-target 

vegetation, i.e valued trees, shrubs, shallow rooted plants and flower 

beds. 

Chikara is a LERAP B pesticide – do not allow spray from a knapsack 

to fall within 1 metre of the top of a bank of any static or flowing 

water body. Aim away from the water. 

Operational Benefits 

One application of Chikara can save 

repeated strimming visits to clear around 

obstacles, fence lines, headstones and 

similar situations. This represents good 

value for money and reduces operator 

exposure to hand/arm vibration (HAV) risk. 

53

Maintain 

Produces a more dense, healthier 

sward and improved root mass. 

Can reduce the frequency of 

mowing operations 

WHY Maintain 

❚ Improved sward density 

❚ Reduced mowing frequency 

❚ Increased root mass 

❚ Improved turf colour and strength 

❚ Enhanced resistance to stress 

Maintain can be used in difficult and hazardous to mow areas 

such as banks, over-raised tree roots and around the trees 

themselves. Applying Maintain in such areas will reduce the 

number of cuts required per year and therefore the number of 

visits to such difficult to mow areas will be reduced. Maintain 

can be tank mixed with suitable micronutrients to create 

season-long performance. 

How to use Maintain 

Maintain is a management tool designed to allow a more 

flexible use of available labour and better deployment of 

limited resources. Such flexibility also applies in the reduction of 

fuel costs and machinery wear and, most importantly, produces 

superb turf. 

The action of Maintain redirects grass growth by specifically 

targeting the gibberellic acid site responsible for cell 

elongation. 

Such action not only inhibits vertical growth but diverts it 

downwards into the root system where it helps to produce and 

increase food reserves and lateral stem development. The result 

is the production of a thicker, healthier sward that allows turf to 

better withstand stress caused by temperature extremes, 

moisture loss, traffic and wear. An added benefit is that helps in 

the management of Poa annua. 

Add Trailblazer to the spray tank to ensure even application 

and identify missed areas. 

Maintain can 

help reduce 

mowing 

regimes 

and clippings 

by half! 


Greens Tees Fairways & Amenity Rough & Semi-rough Winter Sports 

Frequency Every 2-4 week Every 3-5 weeks Every 4-6 weeks Every 5-8 weeks Every 4-6 weeks 

Height of cut 10mm 

Dose rate 0.2-0.4 l/ha 0.8-1.6 l/ha 0.8-1.6 l/ha up to 2.4 l/ha 0.8-1.6 l/ha 

Contains: Trinexapac-ethyl 



Pack coverage: Variable 






0800 424919 54

➟ 

Gallup Biograde Amenity 

A foliar-applied translocated 

glyphosate herbicide for the control 

of emerged weeds in amenity and 

industrial situations, forestry and 

aquatic areas 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟➟ 

➟ 

WHY Gallup Biograde Amenity 

❚ Can be used any time of year when 

weeds are green and actively growing 

❚ Non-hazardous COSHH classification 

❚ Bio-degraded by micro-organisms in 

the soil 

❚ Superior performance 

❚ Can be used for aquatic weed control 

❚ BioEnhance Adjuvant Technology 

How Gallup Biograde Amenity works 

The active ingredient glyphosate which acts by blocking the plant's 

enzymatic system. As this system is only found in plants and not in 

humans, animals, birds or fish, the herbicidal activity is very specific 

– and effective. 

The BEAT formulation ensures the herbicide is 

readily absorbed through the leaf cuticle 

and is able to circulate throughout the plant 

and right down to the roots. As a result not 

just the foliage but the whole of the plant is 

killed. 

Gallup Biograde Amenity is adsorbed easily onto the soil particles 

so does not leach and is also broken down by the soil bacteria into 

harmless natural substances. 

The product has great flexibility of use and can be applied in a 

variety of situations including ✱ Around buildings ✱ On industrial 

sites ✱Along fences and walls ✱ On paths, pavements and 

roadways ✱ Around tree bases ✱ Site preparation for landscaping 

Aquatic Weed Control 

Gallup Biograde Amenity can be 

used for the control of waterside 

and emergent weeds including 

Reeds, Rushes, Sedges, Grasses and 

Watercress, and against the floating 

weeds White Water-lily and Yellow 

Water-lily. As with any aquatic 

herbicide, prior approval should be 

sought from appropriate authorities. 



Contains: 360g/l (30.7% w/w) glyphosate 



Pack coverage: Uncropped land: 8,333-12,500 sq.m 

Forestry: 5,000-10,000 sq.m 

Aquatic: 8,333-10,000 sq.m 




✱ Application rates for Forestry, Industrial, Amenity and Aquatic 

situations are too extensive to show here. Please refer to the 

product label. 

55 

www.rigbytaylor.com

➟ 

Discman CDA Biograde 

A unique ready-to-use CDA 

formulation for the control of 

emerged weeds in amenity and 

forest areas, and near water 

RAINFAST 

WHY Discman CDA Biograde 

❚ Foliar applied, non-residual herbicide 

with a high concentration non-hazard 

glyphosate 

❚ Controls annual and perennial grasses 

and broad-leaved weeds 

❚ Ready to use CDA formulation – 

no water, no mixing, no overdosing 

❚ Unique non-irritant, biograde 

formulation giving greater efficacy 

❚ Low standard application rate – 

7 litres/ha 

❚ Non-hazardous COSHH classification 

❚ Eliminator lance for easy application 


Target Weed Discman Area 

CDA Biograde 

Light vegetation and annual weeds 7 litres 1 ha 

Established deep-rooted annuals, 

10 litres 

perennial grasses and broad-leaved weeds 

1 ha 

Forestry/woodlands: Before planting – to 

control broad-leaved and grass weeds 

8.5 litres 1ha 



How Discman CDA Biograde works 

Discman CDA Biograde is a breakthrough in formulation 

chemistry, being the first non-irritant high concentration 

glyphosate in Europe that has a full surfactant loading, BEAT, 

without using tallow amines. The formulation speeds up the 

penetration process and improves 

rainfastness by better adhesion on to the 

leaf surface. Consequently more 

glyphosate is able to penetrate into the 

plant tissue and translocate down to the 

roots resulting in a more rapid and 

effective kill of the weed. 

The high concentration of glyphosate (216g/l), linked to a low 

application rate, making it extremely effective and very cost 

efficient. 

Discman CDA Biograde can be used through the Eliminator 

Lance by simply connecting the herbicide bottle directly onto 

the lance. A peristaltic pump is built into the sprayer providing a 

consistent application rate with an optimum droplet size. The 

sprayer is self-calibrating so overdosing is eliminated. 

How to use Discman CDA Biograde 


must be applied with CDA 

equipment with an 

approved droplet spectrum 

(VMD min 200 microns). 

Choose a disc with a spray 

pattern appropriate to the 

task in hand. 


may be used on land 

immediately adjacent to 

aquatic areas. 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟➟ 

➟ 

Product 

Detail 

Contains: 216 g/l glyphosate 



Pack coverage: 5,000-7,142 sq.m 



Always read the label and product information 

before use. 

0800 424919 56

➟ 

Mascot Hi-Aktiv Amenity 

A high-loading glyphosate for 

control of annual and perennial 

grasses and most broad-leaved 

weeds in amenity, industrial, 

forestry and aquatic areas 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟➟ 

➟ 

WHY Mascot Hi-Aktiv Amenity 

❚ New generation BEAT system improves 

plant uptake to give excellent weed 

control 

❚ Ready to use advanced formulation 

giving 36% more herbicidal activity per 

litre 

❚ Efficient uptae gives good long-term 

weed control 

❚ Can plant or cultivate from 24 hours for 

annual weeds and 5 days for perennial 

weeds 

How Mascot Hi-Aktiv Amenity works 

Mascot Hi-Aktiv Amenity is the first nonirritant, 

high concentration glyphosate in 

Europe with full surfactant loading. This 

BEAT technology combines new standards 

of performance whilst being more 

environmentally friendly than other more traditional 

formulations. 

The product controls weeds by acting on the enzymatic system 

that is unique to plants and not found in humans or pets, so is 

very specific, and biodegrades in the soil into natural 

substances. 

Mascot Hi-Aktiv Amenity can be used in a variety of situations 

including around buildings, industrial sites, on pavements, public 

paths and roadway verges and for site preparation. Can also 

be applied at low water volumes. It can be used in land 

preparation for planting, for cleaning-up around trees, for cut 

stump application and by stem injection. 

Hi-Aktiv Amenity can also be used to control a variety of 

aquatic weed species – waterside weeds, emergent weeds 

(including Reeds, Rushes, Sedges, Grasses and Watercress) and 

floating weeds (White Water-lily and Yellow Water-lily). 



Contains: 490g/l (660g/l IPA) glyphosate 



Pack coverage: Uncropped land: 1.14 -4.55 ha 

Forestry: 

0.68-2.27 ha 

Aquatic: 

1.14-1.35 ha 




✱ Application rates for Forestry, Industrial and Amenity situations are 

too extensive to show here. Please refer to the product label. 

57 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Rigby Taylor 

Lawn Sand 

NEW 

TO THE RANGE 

GreenForce 

NEW 

TO THE RANGE 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

Micronised, dual 

action fertilizer and 

moss control with 

rapid green up 

Triple action 

micronised 

feed, weed and 

moss killer 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY Micronised Lawn Sand 

❚ Dual action fertilizer and moss control, 

giving a rapid green-up 

❚ Grass growth encouraged to infill bare 

areas left after moss control 

❚ Acidifying effect helps deter earthworm 

casting 

❚ Ferrous sulphate will help harden turf 

against turf grass diseases 

e.g. Fusarium Patch 

❚ No requirement for PA Certificate 

How Lawn Sand works 

Micronised Lawn Sand is a mini-granular lawn sand 

formulation for moss control in sports and amenity turf areas, 

and domestic gardens. Control moss and promotes turf 

growth which will then rapidly infill the bare areas left after 

moss removal. 

APPLICATION RATE 

Equipment Rigby Taylor Lawn Sand Area 

800 kg 1 ha 

Any suitable fertilizer spreader 40 kg 500m 2 

80g 1m 2 

WHY GreenForce 

❚ Triple action fertilizer – weed and moss 

control, plus a rapid green-up 

❚ Grass will rapidly regrow to fill bare 

areas left after weed and moss removal 

❚ Acidifying effect helps deter earthworm 

casting 

❚ Will help harden turf against turf grass 

diseases e.g. Fusarium Patch and 

enhance colour 

❚ No requirement for PA certificate 

How GreenForce works 

Greenforce is a micronised compound fertilizer for weed and 

moss control in sports, amenity turf areas and domestc 

gardens. Controls problem weeds, moss and promotes turf 

growth which will then rapidly infill the bare areas left after 

moss removal. 

APPLICATION RATE 

Equipment GreenForce Area 

200 kg 1 ha 

Any suitable fertilizer spreader 10 kg 500m 2 

20g 1m 2 

Contains: 14.1% FeSO 4 


Pack size: 20 kg bag 





Contains: 10-2-4 NPK + dicamba + 

mecoprop-P + 14.1% FeSO 4 


Pack size: 15 kg bag 





0800 424919 58

Eagle Green Care 

NEW 

FORMULATION 

The only CRD approved nematicide 

in the UK for protecting golf 

greens, soccer pitches and all 

sports and amenity turf 

WHY Eagle Green Care 

❚ Laboratory test have shown rapid kill of 

all plant parasitic nematodes 

❚ Significantly reduces ectoparasitic and 

endoparasitic nematodes in turf 

❚ Available now in both liquid and 

granular formulations 

Damage to sports and amenity turf by plant parasitic 

nematodes is a major problem. 

Ectoparasites can feed externally on grass roots and the 

endoparasites actually penetrate the root to feed. The 

symptoms on turf surfaces are severe chlorosis , leading to turf 

loss. 

Spiral nematode damage 

The nematodes use their feeding 

spear (stylet) to pierce plant root 

cells and feed on cell contents 

APPLICATION RATES – Liquid formulation applied at 50ml/sq.m 

Equipment Eagle Green Care Water Volume 

Hand Sprayer/Watering Can 400ml 10 litres 

Tractor Sprayer 

Prepare at 4% v/v dilutions 

APPLICATION RATES – Granular formulation 

Equipment Eagle Green Care Area 

Rotary spreader 12kg 1,000 sq.m 

Rootzone incorporation 24kg 1,000 sq.m 



Contains: Polysulphides 

MAPP No: Liquid: 14989 

Granule: 17233 

Pack size: Liquid: 5 litres 

Granule: 20kg 

Pack coverage: Liquid: 2,500 sq.m 

Granule: 833-1,666 sq.m 

RT order code: Liquid: 0525001/05 

Granule: 0525001/020 



59 

Reducing nematode populations in a sports turf can quickly 

promote an increase in turf quality and performance. Currently 

Eagle Green Care is the only nematicide in the UK that is 

approved for use on sportsfields and amenity turf areas. 

How Eagle Green Care works 

Eagle Green Care contains polysulphides which react with 

enzymes in animal cells and have a potent effect against 

insect eggs and plant parasitic nematodes. It kills all types of 

nematodes on contact. 

The liquid formulation is applied as a drench to penetrate the 

turf surface where nematode-induced damage is apparent, or 

nematode population in soil exceeds the desired thresholds. 

The granular formulation, when applied through a spreader to 

the turf surface during seeding or on established turf, must be 

irrigated-in to activate ingredients and move them down into 

the soil profile. This ensures longer term activity. Alternatively, 

the granules can be mixed with the root zone during 

construction. 

If in doubt seek expert advice from your local Rigby Taylor 

representative. 

www.rigbytaylor.com

It’s what’s underneath 

that counts 

Mansfield Sand 

and Rigby Taylor; 

the winning team 

that gets results 

Mansfield Sand is the name behind the playing surfaces at some of the 

most well known sporting arenas in the UK - from football and rugby 

stadiums and training grounds; right through to championship golf 

courses and leading equestrian venues - Mansfield Sand create playing 

surfaces to be proud of. 

• Silica-sands (med-coarse, med & med-fine) 

• Rootzones (sand-soil or sand-green compost) 

• Fibresand (fibre-reinforced sand + rootzones) 

• Fibrelastic (dual-fibre-reinforced rootzone) 

For more information about our product range, or to benefit from 

FREE technical advice from a team of experts, or for a FREE no 

obligation site survey - contact your area Rigby Taylor representative. 

Rigby Taylor Limited 

Tel: Freefone 0800 424919 

Email: sales@rigbytaylor.com 

www.rigbytaylor.com 

www.mansfield-sand.co.uk

Mascot Systemic 

Worm cast suppression 

in amenity turf 

WHY Mascot Systemic 

❚ Beneficial non-casting worms are 

largely unaffected 

❚ Rain or irrigation following application 

will not reduce effectiveness 

❚ Safe to a wide range of turfgrass 

species 

How Mascot Systemic works 

Its action is primarily via ingestion; there is some growth 

retardation and an effect on egg production. The major 

impact is to cause reduced feeding, with plant litter and 

‘thatch’ becoming repellent to the earthworms, resulting in the 

avoidance of feeding on treated areas. 

In this way the beneficial worm species which do not surface 

feed will largely be unaffected. 

How to use Mascot Systemic 

Spray when worms are near the surface e.g. during spring and 

autumn. Avoid spraying during drought or when the ground is 

frozen. Aerate compacted soils prior to treatment to aid 

penetration. Enhanced suppression is obtained if grass is cut 

prior to application – do not collect clippings from first mowing 

after treatment. 

For best suppression repeat treatment 1 month after initial 

application. 


Equipment Systemic Water Volume Area 

Power sprayer 4.0 litres 500-1000 litres 1 ha 

– Systemic can be tank-mixed with approved formulations of 

chlorpyriphos for Crane Fly control. 

– For difficult-to-wet soils tank-mixing with Sward will enhance 

suppression. 

– In hard water areas, a water conditioner such as contained in 

Trailblazer, should be used to reduce pH of water. 



Contains: 500g per litre carbendazim 







61 

www.rigbytaylor.com

ACTION➟ 

Sward 

TRANSLAMINAR 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

A soil adjuvant for use with 

approved carbendazim-containing 

earthworm suppression products 

WHY Sward 

❚ Increases longevity of earthworm control 

❚ Soil penetrant carries product through 

the thatch layer 

❚ Assists movement of the carbendazim 

through the soil profile, so improving 

earthworm suppression 

❚ Low application rate for cost effective 

use 

❚ Fully CRD approved adjuvant 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

0 

Number of casts per sq.m on heavy soil, golf course fairway, 

after treatment applied mid-October 

NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY 

How Sward works 

Adjuvants are materials that can be tank-mixed with 

pesticides to enhance their performance, though they 

themselves do not have any pesticidal activity. 

Sward is an adjuvant produced specifically for the amenity 

market to assist in the suppression of casting earthworms. It is 

formulated for use as a tank-mix with approved 

carbendazim-containing products, such as Mascot Systemic, 

and is a fully CRD approved adjuvant. The effectiveness of 

carbendazim in suppressing worms is very much linked to its 

availability to worms. Sward enables the carbendazim to 

penetrate through the thatch layer and move further down 

into the soil profile. 

Water 

Carbendazim 

Carbendazim 

+ 

Sward 

How to use Sward 

Sward may be applied with 

approved earthworm suppression 

products within the label 

recommendations for amenity 

turfgrass situations. It must not be 

used when turf is under stress or 

during adverse weather 

conditions e.g. frost, drought, 

waterlogging, which may leave 

the turf prone to damage. 

In the spray tank add Sward to a 

concentration not exceeding 

0.2% of the total volume. 

Contains: 400 g/l ethylene oxide-propylene 

oxide copolymers ( EAC 1) and 

58.1 g/l trisiloxane organosilicone 

copolymers (EAC 2) 

ADJ No: AO7147 


Pack coverage: 500 litres spray volume 





Water 

Water 

Sward Volume Sward Volume 

40 ml 20 litres 200 ml 100 litres 

100 ml 50 litres 500 ml 250 litres 



0800 424919 62

Trailblazer Trio 

Highlights spray overlap and missed 

areas – contains an anti-drift agent 

with added water softener which 

reduces potential for poor pesticide 

performance in hard water areas 

WHY Trailblazer Trio 

❚ Now contains water conditioners 

❚ Dissolves in minutes to colour the spray 

solution blue for easy identification 

❚ Highlights overlapping and missed 

areas, uneven spray patterns and 

blocked nozzles 

❚ The blue colour is temporary, does not 

permanently stain vegetation, soil or 

skin and washes off easily 

❚ Drift and volatilisation is reduced 

❚ Deposition on the leaf surface is 

improved 

❚ Uniform-sized droplets improve 

application accuracy 


❚ Compatible with 

most amenity 

pesticides – ideal 

partner for Glyphosate 

How Trailblazer Trio works 

Formulation Trailblazer Trio Spray Solution 

Liquid 20-50ml 20 litres 

1-2.5 litres 1,000 1000 litres 

Trailblazer Trio contains a temporary spray colourant, 

spray drift controller and water conditioners. 

When spraying a pesticide or liquid fertilizer to achieve 

an effective result, accurate application is essential. 

Trailblazer Trio can help the operator achieve this. The 

blue dye in Trailblazer Trio helps to indicate missed or 

overlapped areas, highlight the problem of spray drift 

as well as indicating leaks in spray equipment. 

Trailblazer Trio contains two chemical water 

conditioners. The first is an acid that dissolves the 

carbonates in the spray solution and reduces their 

ability to react with pesticides. Trailblazer Trio also 

contains water softeners – 

these are widely used in 

the water treatment 

industry to neutralise 

cations so they are not 

able to further react with 

pesticides. 

Without Trailblazer Trio up to 

20% wastage 


Pack coverage: Makes 1,000 litres of spray solution 


With Trailblazer Trio spray drift 

controller 



63 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Clearspray 

Removes residues of all amenity 

pesticides, including glyphosate, 

from spray tanks and spray lines 

WHY Clearspray 

❚ Effective against all amenity pesticide 

residues, including total herbicides such 

as glyphosate 

❚ For all spray tank cleaning operations 

on all equipment types 

How Clearspray works 

Effective spraying relies on clean spray equipment which is free 

from residue build-up. The powerful blend of detergents in 

Clearspray removes pesticide deposits and other oily 

substances from tanks, filters, booms, hoses and nozzles. 


Spray tank Capacity 

Clearspray 

20 litres 100ml 

100 litres 500ml 

250 litres 1.25 litres 

500 litres 2.5 litres 

“ 

I have used Activate XL and 

Activate R granules for many 

years as we like the benefits we get 

from the humic acid in stimulating 

roots and promoting shoot growth. 

Our pitch gets a great deal of wear 

and we need the grass to recover 

quickly following matches; the trace 

element package also provides 

excellent colour. These products 

play a vital and integral part in my 

biostimulant programme. 

” 

Glenn Nortcliffe 

Head Groundsman 

Sheffield United FC 






0800 424919 64

Lineout 

Foamcheck 

Highly visible foam that 

allows operators to mark 

out treated areas 

WHY Lineout 

❚ Stable and highly visible foam 

❚ Quickly dissipates following spray 

application 

❚ Safe to grass sward 

❚ Compatible with all types of equipment 

Fast action against spray 

products that foam when filling 

spray tank, especially effective 

with wetting agents 

WHY Foamcheck 

❚ Rapid de-foaming action 

❚ Especially effective when using wetting 

agents 

❚ Reduces spray tank filling time 

How Foamcheck works 

How Lineout works 

Lineout is an effective and 

economical answer to the 

problem of spray overlapping and 

missed areas. Lineout is a liquid foamer designed for use with all 

types of foam producing equipment. It produces a distinctive 

temporary covering of small foam blobs that enables sprayed 

areas to be marked out accurately but which quickly dissipate. 

The highly visible and stable foam produced is effective at 

marking treated areas, so reducing the risk of overlapping. 

Optical brighteners have also been added to Lineout to 

increase the visibility of markers in twilight periods. 


Lineout 

Water Volume 

1 part 125 parts 

Excessive foam production can be a problem when preparing 

amenity sprays, particularly when using highly concentrated 

solutions or those that contain surfactants e.g. wetting agents. 

Whilst the foam itself is generally harmless, it may give problems 

in preventing spray tanks from being filled properly or the 

equipment being accurately calibrated. 

Foam in spray tanks is formed under agitation when many long 

chain molecules form monolayers i.e. one molecule-thick sheets 

of chemical. Forces of attraction within these molecules pull 

them together into perfect spheres – structures consisting of air 

on the inside and chemical on the outside i.e.foam. 

When Foamcheck is added to the chemical these forces of 

attraction are broken and the surface tension of the solution 

significantly reduced, resulting in rapid foam knockdown whilst 

also preventing the build-up of further foam. 


Spray Tank Capacity 

Foamcheck 

300-400 litres 1-2 squirts 







Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and 

product information before use. 



65 

www.rigbytaylor.com

➟ 

EcoPlug Max 

Ice Clean 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟➟ 

Simple, non-spray method of 

killing the root system of tree 

stumps and preventing re-growth 

Fast and clean alternative to 

rock salt and road grit that 

prevents and removes ice from 

frozen hard surfaces 

WHY EcoPlug Max 

❚ The new effective way to solve a 

‘growing’ problem 

❚ Each Ecoplug Max contains 300mg of 

formulated glyphosate herbicide 

How EcoPlug Max works 

Trees growing close to buildings, roads, powerlines, bridges, 

amenity areas and heritage sites can be a problem. When felled, 

such trees will continue to grow and new shoots will grow from the 

stumps unless treated. This can result in substantial foliage regrowth. 

Ecoplug Max provides a simple and effective way to kill the root 

system of tree stumps with no effect on surrounding trees. The plug 

contains a herbicide, which is enclosed within a plug. When 

inserted into the tree stump, the herbicide is released which results 

in the kill of the entire root system. Because the herbicide is 

contained within the tree stump, it has no effect on surrounding 

trees or vegetation and, will not affect humans, animals or the 

wider environment. 

Ecoplug Max has a high 

efficacy rating of 95-100% and 

its selective method of 

herbicide release will reduce 

the use of chemicals by 90%, 

compared to traditional 

methods. 

WHY Ice Clean 

❚ A fast and clean alternative to the 

traditional use of rock salt and road grit 

❚ Effective down to -30°C for up to 48 

hours 

❚ Generates heat on contact with ice by 

way of an exothermic reaction 

❚ Will not stain shoes or carpets – just 

vacuum away any excess 

How Ice Clean works 

Because Ice Clean is 99% pure 

Calcium Chloride it is the best 

available de-icer and snow melt 

material available and is 30 

times more efficient, and faster, 

than rock salt. 

Ice Clean is suitable for all 

applications on hards surfaces 

where snow and ice form, but 

unlike salt it will not stain or 

leave dirty marks on shoes and 

carpets. Any residue should 

simply be vacuumed away. 

Contains: 300mg glyphosate (each plug) 


Pack size: Box of 100 plugs 

RT order code 9979934 

Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and 

product information before use. 

Contains: 

Pack sizes: 

99% Calcium Chloride 

20 kg, 12 kg and 

1.25 kg shaker packs 

RT order code: 20 kg 0105080/20 

12 kg 0105080/12 

1.25 kg 0105080/001 



0800 424919 

66

“ 

Rigby Taylor has developed a 

range of special mixes for 

improving the root growth. One mixture 

contains for example, amino acids, 

phosphites and trace elements; another 

includes wetting agent, humic acid, 

seaweed and carbohydrates. It’s all 

about the ‘appliance of science’, and 

Rigby Taylor certainly demonstrates a 

‘can do’ attitude that will allow me to do 

just that. 

” 

Peter Newton 

Course Manager/Master Greenkeeper 

Rockliffe Hall Golf Club 

Darlington, C. Durham 

67

Specialities 


Wetting Agents 

Propel-R 

HydroPro-2 

Breaker BioLinks 

Breaker Dynamic 

Breaker Dynamic Granules 

Breaker Dynamic Tablet 

Breaker Fairway 

Breaker Curative 2 

Penetr8-R 

Irons 

Magnet Rapide 

Magnet Dynamic 

Iron Complex 

Liquid Iron 

Soluble Iron 

Mosquito 

Rootzone Improvers 

Integrate Plus 

Profile Greens Grade 

Profile Field & Fairway 

Alize 

Nutrient Supplements 

Cal-Form 

K-Form 

Mag-Form 

Phos-Form 

Manganaze 

Amino-Form LX 

MicroDyne 

Bio/Microbial Stimulants 

Activate R 

Activate-XL 

Black Layer Treatments 

Blockade -LX 

Blockade 2000 

Seaweed Treatments 

Maxicrop 

Seaweed Compact 

Other Treatments 

Spike 

Dew-T Dew Dispersant 

Redewcer 

Photon 

0800 424919 68

www.rigbytaylor.com 

69 

Page 

Number 

100 

107 

102 

104 

104 

104 

104 

106 

108 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟ ➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

93 

94 

95 

95 

96 

96 

88 

90 

90 

92 

79 

81 

82 

83 

84 

85 

86 

72 

74 

70 

71 

77 

78 

99 

110 

109 

97

Blockade-LX 

A specially formulated product 

for the treatment of Black Layer 

in sports and amenity turf 

WHY Blockade-LX 

❚ Improved activated carbon adsorbs 

harmful gases 

❚ Contains a rooting bio-stimulant to 

assist rooting into and through Black 

Layer profiles 

❚ Enzymatic system degrades the 

anaerobic materials in the Black Layer 

❚ Highly active due to the soil penetrant 

which moves the activated carbon into 

the Black Layer 

❚ Can be used to treat spillages of oil and 

other toxic materials 

How Blockade-LX works 

Blockade-LX liquid treatment has a four-way mode of action: 

✱ An enzymatic system directly degrades the protective film 

covering anaerobic bacteria in the black layer, restricting 

their production of toxic gas and relieving turf stress. 

✱ Contains activated Carbon which is highly effective in 

adsorbing Hydrogen Sulphide and Methane in the soil. The 

bad smell is lessened and toxicity reduced, so roots can 

continue growing. 

✱ Also present are rooting bio-stimulants allowing the plant to recolonise 

affected areas. 

✱ Contains a soil penetrant to move the Carbon into the black 

layer which is usually sub-surface. 

Black Layer before 

treatment with Blockade-LX 

Black Layer 7 days after 

treatment, plus aeration 

Black Layer 21 days after 

treatment, plus aeration 

THE PROCESS OF BLACK LAYER PRODUCTION 

Iron and Sulphur in the soil and a lack of Oxygen 

Action of anaerobic bacteria on Sulphur produces Hydrogen Sulphide gas (rotten egg smell) 

Hydrogen Sulphide reacts with Iron 

producing Black Layer (Iron Sulphide) 

Prevents air and water movement in soil profile 

Free Hydrogen Sulphide gas 

Toxic to root growth 

Contains: Activated carbon, rooting 

bio-stimulants, soil penetrant and an 

enzymatic system 


Pack coverage: 500-1,000 sq.m 

RT order code: :0422502/010 

Tank mixing recommendations are shown on page 112 

How to use Blockade-LX 

Blockade-LX is particularly effective when applied during the 

winter months when wet conditions mean the Black Layer is 

most prominent. It must be placed sub-surface within the Black 

Layer part of the turf profile. To do this effectively the turf may 

first be spiked or hollow tined to the correct depth. 


Programme Blockade LX Water Volume Area 

PREVENTATIVE: Up to four 5 litres 50 litres 500m 2 

applications depending on the minimum 

potential for Black Layer formation 

CURATIVE: Two to three 10 litres 50 litres 500m 2 

applications in conjunction with 

minimum 

mechanical aeration between 

early autumn and late spring 

OIL SPILLAGES: It is essential oil 10 litres 50 litres 500m 2 

spillages are treated quickly after 

minimum 

their occurrence for optimum results 



0800 424919 70

Blockade 2000 

An advanced granular product for 

Black Layer treatment and to 

improve seed establishment 

WHY Blockade 2000 

❚ Improved activated carbon adsorbs 

poisonous gases 

❚ Contains a rooting bio-stimulant 

to assist rooting into and through 

Black Layer profiles 

❚ Enzymatic system degrades the 

anaerobic materials in the Black Layer 

❚ Highly active due to the soil penetrant 

which moves the activated carbon into 

the Black Layer 

❚ Can be used to treat spillages of oil and 

other toxic materials 


Black Layer Blockade 2000 Area Treated 

PREVENTATIVE: Up to four 20kg 500m 2 

applications depending on the 

potential for Black Layer formation 

CURATIVE: Two to three 40kg 500m 2 

applications in conjunction with 

mechanical aeration between 

early autumn and late spring 

Over seeding Blockade 2000 Area Treated 

Apply in conjunction with 10 kg 500 sq.m 

normal over-seeding operations 



How Blockade 2000 works 

Activated Carbon: Activated Carbon is a form of graphite 

with an imperfect structure which is highly porous over a 

broad range of pore sizes. The graphite structure gives the 

Carbon its very large surface area which allows the Carbon 

to adsorb a wide range of noxious compounds. 

Formulation: The efficacy of Blockade 2000 is due to its 

unique formulation and the manufacturing method which 

produces a fully built, homogenous end product. Profile, a 

ceramic soil amendment is used as a carrier, with each 

particle having 74% pore space with a high level of air 

space. This in its own right will help to restore aerobic 

conditions in the Black Layer. 

The Profile carries the soil penetrant, plant hormones and 

enzymatic system designed to degrade the Black Layer. The 

activated carbon, which has the same particle size as the 

Profile particles, is then mixed into the formulation. This 

ensures even incorporation of the activated Carbon so 

providing a consistent spread during application. The large 

surface area enables the activated Carbon to adsorb and 

render inactive the Hydrogen Sulphide gas in the Black 

Layer quickly and effectively. Methane gas is also adsorbed. 

How to use Blockade 2000 

Blockade 2000 may be applied at any time of the year as a 

preventative or curative treatment, and to improve seed 

establishment when over-seeding. It can be used on all 

types of fine and coarse turf. 

Blockade 2000 must be placed sub-surface within the Black 

Layer part of the turf profile. To do this effectively the turf 

may first be spiked or hollow tined to the correct depth. 

Contains: Activated carbon, rooting biostimulants, 

soil penetrant, an 

enzymatic system and Profile† 

ceramic soil amendment 

Pack size: 20kg box 

Pack coverage: 250-500 sq.m (Black Layer 

treatment) 

1,000 sq.m (Over-seeding 

treatment) 


26% 

SOLIDS 35% 

AIR 

39% 

WATER 

The Profile Particle 

Profile blended with sand or soil increases 

the water and nutrient holding pores as well 

as increasing the air and drainage pores. It 

works continuously in the soil to solve and 

prevent problems associated with 

compaction, poor drainage and poor 

water and nutrient retention. 

71 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Activate R 

A specially formulated 

biostimulant that increases 

rooting and plant health, 

resulting in a vigorous sward 

WHY Activate R 

❚ Contains ERD which improves root 

development 

❚ Contains Humic Acids, which improve 

rooting depth and rejuvenates soil 

structure 

❚ Contains plant growth hormones that 

improve root and shoot development 

❚ Improves nutrient retention in the 

rootzone 

❚ Increases plant health, rooting, seed 

germination and establishment 

❚ Contains a wide range of chelated trace 

elements improving turf colour and health 

❚ Increases winter shoot density 


Area of use Activate R Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 0.5 litres Min. 25 litres 500m 2 

Bowling greens 1.5 litres Min. 75 litres 1,500m 2 

Golf fairways, sportsfields 10 litres Min. 500 litres 1 ha 

How Activate R + ERD works 

Enhanced Root Developer (ERD) is a synergistic complex 

which greatly assists grass root development. 

Increased 

auxin synthesis 

Increased uptake and 

retention of all nutrients 

Improved light 

absorption 

and conversion 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟ 

➟ 

Greater root mass 

and length 

Higher chlorophyll, 

carotenoid and 

plastoquinone levels 

Increased growth rate, 

improved nutrient 

uptake, greater stress 

tolerance 



Contains: Humic acid, growth promoting 

hormones, trace elements and a soil 

penetrant 





The overall effects of the ERD 

complex on the plant biochemical 

activities are an increase in root mass 

and vigour, enabling the plant to 

improve nutrient uptake and have a 

greater tolerance to stress 

0800 424919 72

Activate Family Components 

Activate-R Activate-R Activate-XL Activate-XL 

Liquid Granules Liquid Granules 

ERD (Enhanced Root Developer) yes yes - - 

Humic Acids yes yes yes yes 

Carbohydrates (simple plant sugars) yes yes yes yes 

Cellulytic Enzymes - - yes yes 

Growth Promoting Hormones yes yes yes yes 

Soil Penetrant yes yes yes yes 

Trace Element Package yes yes yes yes 

Garlic - - yes yes 

ROOT MASS 

+21% 

ROOT LENGTH 

+32% 

Humic Acid Improves rooting depth and rejuvenate soil structure 

These are a group of compounds created by the degradation of organic matter and are a portion of 

natures biological processes. Those in Activate R are sourced from Leonardite (Potassium Humate), one of 

the most active sources of available Humic Acid. 

Humic Acid increases nutrient retention in all soils but is especially important on USGA or high sand sports 

turf constructions where nutrient exchange sites are low. Due to the Potassium source and its very high 

CEC, Activate R helps to fix Potassium in the soil, making it available for plant uptake especially during the 

winter. 

Combined with the soil penetrant, Humic Acid restructures the soil by altering/rearranging the soil platelets 

making the soil more friable, increasing air spaces and increasing water penetration. Humic Acid has a 

high Carbon content which slowly decomposes into carbon molecules providing a slow release microbial 

food source. 

Growth Promoting Hormones Improves root and shoot development 

The cold water enzymatic, extracted plant growth hormones and betaines help the plant with increased 

rooting and vigour. These growth promoting hormones, combined with the simple plant sugars, improve seed 

germination and establishment. The unique low temperature granulation process ensures none of these vital 

ingredients are destroyed during the manufacturing process. 

Micro-Nutrients Improve colour and health 

Activate R contains a micro-nutrient (trace element) package including Magnesium, Copper, Boron, 

Manganese, Molybdenum and Zinc. All the micro-nutrients contained are EDTA chelated for maximum 

plant uptake. 

Soil Penetrant For greater efficiency 

This ensures that the vital ingredients are moved into the rootzone where they are used most effectively. 

Activate R Granules 

All the attributes of Activate R liquid in a granular form. 


Contains: Humic acid (Potassium Humate, 26.1% 

K 2 O), growth promoting hormones, 

trace elements and a soil penetrant 

Pack size: 20kg 




Area of use Activate R Granules Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 10kg 500m 2 

Bowling greens 30kg 1,500m 2 

Golf fairways, sportsfields 200kg 1 ha 



73 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Activate-XL 

A specially developed microbial 

biostimulant that boosts microbial 

populations, increases rooting and 

plant health and also helps in 

degrading thatch even in cold 

temperatures 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟ 

➟ 

WHY Activate-XL 

❚ Simple plant sugars provide carbo hydrates 

which increase microbial growth and activity 

resulting in an immediate energy source 

❚ Plant growth hormones and trace elements 

improve root and shoot development 

❚ Contains garlic extract biostimulant for 

root production 

❚ Increases plant health, rooting, seed 

germination and establishment 

❚ Advanced cold temperature enzyme system 

helps degrade thatch 

❚ Improves water-holding capacity of the soil 

and drought tolerance 

How Activate-XL works 

Simple Plant Sugars increase 

microbial activity and 

summer stress tolerance 

The simple plant sugars in Activate-XL provide soil 

microbes with a readily available food source, rapidly 

increasing their population and activity. After an 

application of Activate-XL the plant roots exude 

carbohydrates. This provides an energy source for the 

mycorrhizal fungi and rhizosphere bacteria that live in a 

close, mutually beneficial relationship with the plant. In 

exchange for an energy supply the mycorrhizal fungi 

provide the plant with a supply of nitrate and phosphate. 

This symbiotic relationship is essential for a healthy sward. 

The plant sugars are rapidly absorbed and assim ilated by 

the plant cells providing an immediate energy source. 

Contains: Plant sugars, growth promoting 

hormones, cellulytic enzymes, trace 

elements and a soil penetrant 






Area of use Activate XL Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 0.5 litres 15-25 litres 500m 2 

Bowling greens 1.5 litres 45-75 litres 1,500m 2 

Golf fairways, sportsfields 10 litres 300-500 litres 1 ha 



0800 424919 74

Foliar uptake 

Root uptake 

Leaves and roots 

before 

Leaves and roots 

after 

Plant growth hormones and a 

wide range of micro-nutrients 

improve root and shoot 

development 

Growth Promoting Hormones Improved root and 

shoot development 

The cold-water enzymatic extracted plant growth hormones and 

betaines in Activate-XL help increase rooting and vigour. These 

hormones, combined with the simple plant sugars, help to improve seed 

establishment. 

Trace Elements Improve colour and health 

Activate-XL contains a micro-nutrient (trace element) package including 

Magnesium, Copper, Boron, Manganese, Molybdenum and Zinc. All the 

micro-nutrients contained are EDTA chelated for maximum plant uptake. 

Soil Penetrant For greater efficiency 

The soil penetrant package in Activate-XL ensures that the vital 

ingredients are moved into the rootzone where they are used most 

effectively. 

Thatch layer 

Cellulytic Enzymes For Thatch reduction 

Activate-XL contains an enzyme system that is designed to help in 

degrading thatch in conjunction with mechanical aeration and thatch 

removal. These cellulytic enzymes attack cellulose and hemi-cellulose, 

which are the structural comp onents of thatch. The new enzyme system 

is now active under lower soil temperatures. 

Trials through spring to late 

autumn over 2 seasons 

have shown that in 

combination with aeration 

Activate-XL can improve 

thatch reduction by over 

34% above aeration alone 

Activate-XL Granules 

All the attributes of Activate-XL liquid in a granular form. 


Area of use Activate XL Granules Area 

Contains: Plant sugars, growth promoting 

hormones, trace elements, 

cellulytic enzymes and soil 

penetrant on a lignite base granule 









75 

www.rigbytaylor.com

“Maxicrop Seaweed Extract produced 

a 50% increase in leaf area 

by more early formed 

tillers.....Perennial ryegrass root dry 

weight almost trebled after 5 

weeks following Maxicrop treatment. 

It was concluded this 

improved root development gives 

the plant a greater potential to 

increase nutrient uptake.” 

UNIVERSITY OF WALES (ABERYST- 

WYTH) 

The groundwork is crucial 

when you’re claiming the earth 

“Ascophyllum nodosum based seaweed 

extract enhanced root development 

of grasses grown under 

moisture stress, leading to better 

top growth.” 

VIRGINIA STATE UNIVERSITY 

“Maxicrop produced a 150% 

improvement in shoot weight, 

largely by increasing the number of 

tillers.....Maxicrop had a positive 

effect on improving root growth of 

creeping bent cultivars.” 

WRITTLE COLLEGE 

“There was clear evidence of 

increased plant growth seen following 

treatment with Maxicrop, which 

significantly improved ryegrass 

cover over a four month period 

ensuring almost double the number 

of established plants.” 

HENRY DOUBLEDAY RESEARCH 

ASSOCIATION 

“Treatment with Maxicrop gave a 

fourfold increase in leaf chlorophyll 

content six weeks after use.” 

UNIVERSITY OF PORTSMOUTH 

Maxicrop 

® 

The first name in seaweed science 

Now sold exclusively in 

mainland UK by 

Rigby Taylor Limited, 

Bolton, Lancs BL6 5HP. 

Tel: (01204) 677777. 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Maxicrop 

The first name in seaweed science 

No1 

TRIPLE SEAWEED 

(3.05-1.43-2.92 + trace elements) 

A concentrated seaweed extract to help produce high quality 

sports turf with excellent wear and recovery characteristics. It 

enhances early season root growth and establishment and 

encourages tillering without excessive shoot growth. 

Pack size: 10 litres. Order code: 0108101/010 

Application rate: 10-15 litres/ha (water volume: 300-600 litres/ha) 

No2 

MOSSKILLER & CONDITIONER 

(2-0-0 + 16.4% FeSO 4 ) MAPP No.17300 

A moss killer with added seaweed extract to stimulate re-growth 

and tillering once the moss is removed as well as improving turf 

colour. 


Application rate: 150 litres/ha (water volume: 500 litres/ha). 

No3 

PRO-K-PLUS 

(2-0-18 + trace elements) 

Ideal for early or late season use to supply high levels of Potash 

where needed. Provides good root growth and helps drought 

tolerance. 


Application rate: 20-100 litres/ha (water volume: 600-1,000 litres/ha). 

No4 

FINE TURF FERTILIZER 


Combines the full benefits of Maxicrop seaweed extract with a zero 

phosphate fertilizer formulation. Ideal as an in-season turf stimulant 

with Nitrogen and Potash to provide a rapid fertilizer response. 

Particularly useful on sand constructed pitches or golf greens. 


Application rate: 20-100 litres/ha (water volume: 400-800 litres/ha). 

No5 

PLUS 17% NITROGEN 


The high Nitrogen content quickly improves turf colour and vigour 

whilst the seaweed base stimulates root growth, improving turf 

wear and recovery. Ideal for controlled feeding to produce top 

growth when desired. 


Application rate: 20-100 litres/ha (water volume: 400-800 litres/ha). 

No6 

PROGREEN (2-0-0 + 6% Fe + trace elements) 

Designed for use 3 days prior to major events to give rapid 

green-up, usually within 24 hours, or when long-term in-season 

greening is needed. The improved colour lasts upto 4-6 weeks. 


Application rate: 40 litres/ha (water volume: 300-600 litres/ha). 

No7 

ORGANIC CONCENTRATE 

(0.3-0-3.6) 

A totally organic seaweed extract turf stimulant containing 24% 

soluble seaweed solids. Containing no added N, P or K, it can be 

used as an organic substitute for Maxicrop No 1. An ideal early 

stimulant to condition turf prior to initial fertilizer applications. 


Application rate: 10 litres/ha (water volume: 300-600 litres/ha). 

SEAWEED MEAL 

A natural soil conditioner, rich in trace elements. Incorporate into 

top 75mm of soil. 

Pack size: 25kg bag. Order code: 0108140/025 

Application rate: Apply spring or autumn at 70 g/m 2 . 

RECOMMENDED CALENDAR OF APPLICATIONS 

Seed & New Turf Laying JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

No1 

No7 

Triple Seaweed 

Organic Concentrate 

Apply at 1-2 leaf stage, two applica - 

tions 4 weeks apart. Thereafter adopt 

the Maxicrop programme 

Annual Applications 

No1 

No2 

Triple seaweed 

Moss Killer & Conditioner 

Apply every 4 weeks to maintain turf 

health and condition 

Stimulates turf and controls moss 

No3 

No4 

No5 

No6 

No7 

Pro-K-Plus 

Fine Turf Fertilizer 

Plus 17% Nitrogen 

ProGreen 

Organic Concentrate 

Apply early or late for potash 

Apply at 3-4 leaf stage and every 4 

weeks in season for nitrogen and potash 

Apply 4-5 times to provide evenly 

spaced nitrogen 

Apply any time for enhanced turf colour, 

particularly prior to tournaments 

Apply every 4 weeks to maintain turf 

health and condition, organically 

77 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Seaweed Compact 

A dried seaweed extract in a 

soluble powder form to help 

improve shoot density, root 

growth and general plant health 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY Seaweed Compact 

❚ A dried seaweed extract in a 

soluble powder form 

❚ Enhances root growth, root mass and 

turf establishment 

❚ Increases shoot density for better 

recovery and ground cover 

❚ Encourages grass shoots without 

causing excess lush growth 

❚ Aids young seed establishment by 

boosting early growth 

❚ Boosts beneficial soil microbes so 

improving root health 

❚ Helps maintain plant chlorophyll levels 

for optimum growth and health 

How Seaweed Compact works 

A 2kg pack of Seaweed Compact is equivalent to 12 litres 

(14.5kg) of a traditional liquid seaweed product at comparable 

strength, so provides additional benefits in terms of handling and 

transport issues. 

Seaweed Compact contains a dried seaweed extract of 

Ascophyllum nodosum and helps to boost root development, 

shoot growth, minimise turf stress, maintain leaf function, 

maximise drought tolerance as well as increasing soil microbial 

action. 

Root Development: Trials show that in young plants, root length 

and mass can be significantly increased (150%) by Seaweed 

Compact application. 

Shoot Growth: Seaweed Compact helps increase shoot 

development and tillering, leading to better ground cover. 

Chlorophyll: Trials have demonstrated that Seaweed Compact 

increases and maintains chlorophyll levels in the leaf tissue, 

enabling it to maximise carbohydrate production for optimum 

growth and repair. 

Drought Tolerance: Seaweed Compact has an osmo-regulatory 

effect on turf, helping it to withstand drought or saline 

conditions. 

Microbial Activity: When in contact with the soil Seaweed 

Compact has a stimulating effect on certain beneficial soil 

microbes which multiply and increase their activity such as 

improving soil structure and releasing nutrients. The microbes also 

help break down thatch. 

Plant Health: Betaines found in Seaweed Compact have been 

shown to have a beneficial effect on plant health. They help to 

raise the plant’s natural health status, enabling turf to withstand 

various stress factors such as heat, cold, wind, wear, mechanical 

damage and disease. 


Area of use Seaweed Compact Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 100-115g 15-25 litres 500m 2 

Bowling greens 300-350g 45-75 litres 1,500m 2 

Golf fairways, sportsfields 2.0-2.3kg 300-500 litres 10,000m 2 

Contains: Dried seaweed extract of 

Ascophyllum nodosum 






0800 424919 78

Cal-Form 

A foliar applied, rapidly absorbed 

Calcium supplement for the 

treatment of Calcium deficiency in 

amenity turf 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY Cal-Form 

❚ A foliar applied Calcium supplement for 

turf suffering from Calcium deficiency 

❚ Contains L-Amino Acids enabling a fast 

uptake of Calcium into the plant, 

regardless of rootzone conditions 

❚ Low pH which enables good 

compatibility, including Potassium and 

Magnesium products 

❚ Improved disease tolerance by helping 

to build stronger cell walls 

How Cal-Form works 

Calcium is a macronutrient and an important cell wall 

constit uent (as calcium pectate), helping to strengthen the 

walls. Calcium deficiency causes cell walls to weaken, 

making the plant more susceptible to fungal disease. It is 

also known to be involved in cell division, root and leaf 

development and Phosphorus availability. 

Deficiency shows as a reddish-brown discolouration along 

the leaf margin which develops into a lighter red colour. 

In addition to the Calcium itself, Cal-Form also contains 

Amino Acids that have chelating properties and improve 

the absorption of Calcium into the plant as well as its 

movement around the plant, regardless of 

environmental/rootzone conditions. 

Using the liquid Calcium supplement Cal-Form will overcome 

the problems of Calcium deficiencies in the plant. 

Calcium mainly occurs in leaves and stems but it is 

relatively immobile within the tissues. It is also present in the 

soil – levels are related to Magnesium, Potassium and 

Sodium. It is involved in soil pH, levels decreasing as the pH 

falls below neutral. In fine turf situations the aim is to 

generally reduce rootzone pH levels in order to encourage 

the finer grasses. In doing so Calcium often becomes 

deficient. It may also be deficient in alkaline soils since 

Calcium is present in an insoluble form. 


Area of use Cal-Form Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, bowling greens 250ml 15-25 litres 500m 2 

Golf tees, sportsfields 5 litres 300-500 litres 1 ha 



Contains: 11% Calcium (CaO) and L-form 

Amino Acids 





79 

www.rigbytaylor.com

TURF WETTING AGENT 

The balanced approach to water 

management solutions 

Propel-R provides new micelle technology that 

manages turfgrass water management 

problems at both micro and macro level, 

including areas suffering from Dry Patch. Its 

advanced chemistry creates an ideal ratio 

balance of air and water at both the soil 

surface, where it reduces water repellency to 

zero, and within the root-zone. By keeping the 

surface drier and firmer the turf will be less 

susceptible to stress, more resistant to disease 

attack and provide a more consistent playing 

surface throughout the year. 

Now available 

in granular 

and tablet 

formulations 

Rigby Taylor Limited Freephone 0800 424919 Web site: www.rigbytaylor.com e-mail: sales@rigbytaylor.com

K-Form 

A unique foliar applied Potassium 

supplement for Potassium 

deficient rootzones 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY K-Form 

❚ Contains L-Amino Acids enabling a 

fast uptake of Potassium into the plant 

❚ Low pH which enables good 

compatability, including Calcium and 

Magnesium products 

❚ An ideal supplement to normal 

fertilizer programmes 

❚ Improves disease tolerance 

How K-Form works 

Potassium is the second most sought after plant nutrient and 

is involved in many processes including drought tolerance, 

Nitrogen metabolism, carbohydrate movement and 

stomatal function. 

If Potassium becomes deficient, changes in enzyme activity 

can also occur which are thought to lead to a higher 

susceptibility to fungal attack. 

Using the Potassium supplement K-Form will overcome the 

problems of Potassium deficiencies in rootzones. 

In addition to Potassium, K-Form also contains higher levels of 

the Amino Acids involved in facilitating a very rapid foliar 

absor p tion of Potassium into the plant and assisting in its 

movement within it, even under adverse 

environmental/rootzone conditions. 

Applications of K-Form throughout the autumn months will 

also prepare the turf for the low temperature conditions of 

winter. 


Area of use K-Form Water Volume Area 


Golf tees, sportsfields 5 litres 300-500 litres 1 ha 



Contains: 25% Potassium (K 2 O) and L-form 

Amino Acids 





Potassium tends to accumulate in leaf tips, so turfgrass 

subjected to intensive mowing particularly at a low height 

of cut need regular amounts of Potassium during the 

growing season. It is readily lost from the rootzone through 

leaching especially in USGA/sandy profiles, which 

inherently have low nutrient retention capabilities (low 

Cation Exchange Capacity – CEC). 

81 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Mag-Form 

For the treatment of Magnesium 

deficiency in amenity turf 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY Mag-Form 

❚ Corrects Magnesium deficiency 

symptoms 

❚ Formulation enables rapid leaf and root 

uptake of the element 

❚ Corrects Magnesium/Calcium 

imbalance in the soil 

How Mag-Form works 

Magnesium is a 

macronutrient involved in 

important plant activities 

including Phosphorus 

translocation 

mechanisms, enzyme 

reactions and is a 

constituent of 

chlorophyll. 

Magnesium is important 

for the maintenance of 

the green colour and 

growth in the turf plant. It 

is quite mobile within the 

plant with re-distribution 

occurring more from the 

older to the younger 

tissues. Concentrations 

are usually higher in the 

leaves but it can also be found in the growing tips of roots 

and stems. 

Deficiencies of Magnesium are more prone in sandy soils 

which have an acid pH. Symptoms include a cherry red 

discolouration along leaf margins usually occurring in the 

older, lower leaves first before spreading. Root growth is also 

severely restricted. 

The Magnesium:Calcium ratios are important in relation to 

the availability of both elements, and the addition of Mag- 

Form can assist in maintaining a correct balance between 

the two elements. 

Mag-Form is a complex which provides readily available 

Magnesium for fast uptake by the leaves and shoots. 


Area of use Mag-Form Water Volume Area 

Amenity turf areas 10 litres Minimum 300 litres 1 ha 



Contains: Magnesium complex (7.2% MgO) 

with L-Form Amino Acids 





0800 424919 82

Phos-Form 

A Phosphorus supplement containing 

Potassium Phosphite and L-form 

Amino Acids for use on amenity turf 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY Phos-Form 

❚ Readily available source of Phosphorus 

in the form of Potassium Phosphite, 

ensuring rapid uptake into the plant 

❚ Free flowing, non-foaming liquid 

formulation with multi-site activity 

❚ Particularly useful in times of plant stress 

❚ Can be used on all types of established 

turfgrass and seedling turf 

Phosphorus is a vital element in the metabolic processes 

within the plant. It is an important constituent in enzymes 

and proteins as well as being a structural component of 

phosphoproteins, phospholipids and nucleic acids. Plants 

suffering from Phosphorus deficiency use water less 

efficiently, are susceptible to growth suppression, less 

tolerant of cold temperatures and take longer to root. 

Phosphite (as a Phosphorus source) which is present in 

Phos-Form, has one less Oxygen molecule than traditional 

Phos phate itself and so has a higher degree of solubility 

and mobility. This unique characteristic permits phos phite 

to be readily absorbed by the leaves and root system. 

Once absorbed it undergoes oxidation resulting in a 

release of Phosphorus. By using phosphite, turf devel ops 

more root growth and more vigorous leaf growth and also 

provides benefits of stress resistance. 

How Phos-Form works 

Phos-Form is a Phosphorus supplement based on 

Potassium Phosphite. Both the Potassium and the 

Phosphorus are in readily available, fully water-soluble 

forms, ensuring the plant takes up both the P and K 

rapidly, especially under stress conditions. 

APPLICATION RATES – SEEDING TURF 

Area of use Phos-Form Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, bowling greens 125-250ml 10-22.5 litres 500m 2 

Golf tees, sportsfields 2.5-5 litres 200-450 litres 1 ha 

APPLICATION RATES – ESTABLISHED TURF 

Area of use Phos-Form Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, bowling greens 250-500ml 10-22.5 litres 500m 2 

Golf tees, sportsfields 5-10 litres 200-450 litres 1 ha 



Contains: Potassium Phosphite (26.8% 

Phosphorus Pentoxide, 21.68% 

Potassium Oxide) with L-Form 

Amino Acids 


Pack coverage: Seedling turf: 1-2ha 

Established turf: 5,000-10,000 sq.m 



83 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Manganaze 

For the treatment of Managanese 

deficiency in turf 

WHY Manganaze 

❚ Contains the element Manganese 

(Mn) to improve photosynthesis 

capability 

❚ The element Manganese increases 

lignification of cell walls as a defence 

mechanism against disease 

❚ Iron Sulphate helps lower the pH and 

provides Iron nutrition 

❚ Contains plant sugars providing an 

energy source to Fluorescent 

Pseudomonads (beneficial 

antagonistic bacteria) 

How Manganaze works 

Manganese deficiency is common in poorly drained soils 

and also where organic levels are high, and Manganese 

can become unavailable to plants where pH levels are high. 

Manganaze has been specifically formulated as a nutrient 

supplement for newly established bent turf greens and 

situations where pH levels will restrict uptake of the element 

Manganese. 

To assist the turf plant’s ability against Take-all Patch 

(Gaeumannomyces graminis) which effects bent grasses, all 

areas should be sprayed as Take-all Patch can be active in 

the ground even when there are no visible patches of the 

disease. 

Manganaze has been shown to increase populations of 

beneficial bacteria which antagonise Take-all Patch. 

Make 4 applications of Manganaze at 4-6 week intervals. All 

greens should be sprayed. A full programme must be 

completed. For best results combine cultural and nutritional 

practices to minimize Take-all Patch. 

Typical early season Take-all Patch Symptoms 

The element Manganese is an important micronutrient 

required by all plants and is involved in various metabolic 

functions. It is the catalyst for Oxygen evolution in 

photosynthesis and is an activator co-factor in several 

major enzymes involved in metabolic pathways, including 

the TCA cycle, synthesis of RNA in chloroplasts and in lipid 

synthesis. Manganese also plays a role in lignin synthesis 

which can help to suppress both leaf and root diseases. 

Dead stolons, dead nodes, 

dead leaves, dead roots 


Contains: Manganese (9.9% MnSO 4 , 

Iron (Fe) 2.0%) 





Area of use Manganaze Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, bowling greens 20 litres 700 litres 1 ha 



0800 424919 84

Amino-Form LX 

A unique Amino Acid based 

supplement that gives turf 

maximum protection and 

recovery from stress 

WHY Amino-Form LX 

❚ Improves stress resistance to, and 

enhances recovery from, drought, heat, 

cold, wear, excessive salinity and 

shade, water-logging, etc 

❚ Increases photosynthesis and 

chlorophyl content 

❚ Improves turf quality 

❚ Increases root growth of stressed turf 

❚ Enhances germination 

❚ Chelating properties gives improved 

absorption of nutrients 

❚ Unique tank mixing compatibilities 

How Amino-Form LX works 

Amino Acids are the structural units of all proteins – natural organic 

molecules that take part in all physiological processes. Amino- 

Form LX contains all the amino acids which are involved in turf 

health. Plants store nutrients, especially Nitrogen, as Amino Acids or 

proteins. Under optimal growing conditions plants synthesize their 

own amino acids but at a significant expense in terms of energy. 

However, when stress situations occur, there is a greater demand 

for Amino Acids than the plant is able to meet. 

Amino Acids also have important chelating properties, chelates 

being formed by combining with elements such as Iron, 

Manganese, Calcium, Magnesium and Copper which are 

important to the plant. As a result, nutrients applied at the same 

time as Amino-Form LX will be more readily absorbed by roots and 

leaves. 

NITROGEN METABOLISM 

Formation of 

Proteins, Enzymes 

and Chlorophyll 

 

Foliar uptake 


Area of use Amino-Form LX Water Volume Area 

Conversion to other 

Amino Acids 


Golf tees, golf fairways, 15 litres 500 litres 1 ha 

sportsfields 

Conversion to 

Glutamic Acid 



Ammonium (NH 4 ) 

Nitrates (NO 3 ) 

 

Root uptake 

Contains: L-form Amino Acids 





Amino-Form LX is absorbed through the leaves and through the 

roots, so Amino Acids are taken up quicker and are more readily 

available. The result is enhanced recovery from stress and a 

healthy more vigorous turf. 

An application of Amino-Form LX during stress periods allows 

considerable savings in energy which can then be channelled into 

essential physiological processes such as photosynthesis and 

protein formation (new growth). 

85 

www.rigbytaylor.com

MicroDyne 

All-in-one organic combination of 

micro- and macronutrients, 

chelated Irons, Amino Acids and 

biostimulants 

WHY MicroDyne 

❚ Liquid feed corrects plant deficiencies 

for healthy leaf and shoot growth 

❚ Contains chelated Iron to give rapid 

green up without over-stimulation 

❚ Creates the optimum food supply to 

boost beneficial bacterial activity 

❚ Contains a rootzone penetrant 

allowing the liquid to target where it is 

required 

❚ Provides relief from summer stress. 

❚ High longevity from a low dosage rate, 

economical viable product for the use 

on greens and fairways 

How MicroDyne works 

MicroDyne is an ‘all in one mixture’ based on organic plant 

matter that provides the plant with all the necessary 

nutrients for healthy growth... 

A low NPK organic liquid fertilizer ensures the plant is not 

deficient in any of the key major nutrients but ensures there 

is not over-stimulation leading to flushes of growth. 

A soil penetrant enables the nutrients to move through the 

thatch layer and target the rootzone more effectively. 

Chelated Irons are complex molecules that protect the 

biologically active Ferrous Iron, preventing it from reacting 

with other substances and becoming unavailable to the 

plant. The Iron Chelates only break down once inside the 

plant ensuring all the Iron can be utilised by the plant. 

Cold extracted seaweed ensures none of the essential 

properties of the seaweed are reduced. Seaweed 

(Ascophyllum Nodosum) has many beneficial properties to 

the plant. 

18 Amino acids take part in the vital physiological 

processes such as photosynthesis and convert into 

essential plant proteins for new growth. 

Trace element package All the micro-nutrients in 

MicroDyne are EDTA chelated for maximum plant uptake, 

and include Magnesium, Copper, Boron, Manganese, 

Molybdenum and Zinc. 


Area of use MicroDyne Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 100 litres 500 litres 1 ha 

Golf fairways, outfields 50 litres 500 litres 1 ha 

sportsfields 



Contains: N 1.2%, P 2 O 5 0.2%, K 2 O 0.5% 

Pack size: 20 litres & 200 litres 

Pack coverage: 20 litres 2,000-4,000sq.m 

200 litres 2-4 ha 

RT order code: 20 litres 0112850/020 

200 litres 0112850/200 


0800 424919 86

David Langheim 

Master Greenkeeper, 

Wimbledon Park Golf Club, 

London 

“ 

We have had huge success with 

our use of Microlite fertilizer. All our 

tees are treated and we notice how 

uniform in size are the micro-granules, 

which enable us to achieve excellent 

spreading consistency. 

Following watering-in, the turf starts to 

colour up very quickly and evenness of 

growth habit has been excellent. I can 

say that it is one of the best granular 

fertilizers I have ever used and will be 

” 

repeating applications again in 2016. 

87


Complete soil aeration without 

surface disruption. Integral wetting 

agent improves surface and 

rootzone penetration 

WHY Integrate Plus 

❚ Total soil aeration without surface 

disruption 

❚ Creates additional pore spaces in the soil 

which: 

– ‘Opens up’ compacted surfaces 

– Speeds up draining of standing water 

– Increases capillary moisture holding 

capacity 

– Restores the soils water/air balance 

– Reduces incidence of Black Layer 

– Provides new channels for root growth 

❚ Liquid formulation has integral wetting 

agent which improves surface and 

rootzone penetration 

❚ Available in liquid and granular 

formulations 

How Integrate Plus works 

Integrate Plus is a totally unique, patented blend of 

anionic charged polymers combined with a surfaceacting 

wetting agent. Integrate Plus quickly penetrates 

the soil surface and the rapidly expanding polymer 

molecules are carried down into the rootzone. 

Mechanical aeration affects less than 10% of the soil 

surface, and compac tion can reduce the operating 

efficiency of turf anywhere from 25-50% as water does not 

drain, air movement stops and root growth is restricted. 

Integrate Plus will restore the soil’s water/air balance and 

return damaged soil structure to a properly functioning 

condition. It will assist in repairing collapsed pore spaces 

that prevent the draining of standing water, restore the 

flow of air into the rootzone, reduce the conditions that 

encourage Black Layer and ‘open-up’ new channels for 

root development. 

Before treatment: 

Compaction clogs up 

pore space, preventing 

free draining and air 

exchange. Anaerobic 

conditions forces out 

oxygen resulting in soil 

structure collapse. Roots 

struggle to survive and 

moisture/nutrient 

transport ceases. 


Contains: 

Pack size: 

44% water soluble polymeric 

polyelectrolytes 

5 litres 




Integrate Plus Granules 

Contains: Polymeric polyelectrolytes plus an 

advanced soil penetrant system on 

a granular base 

Pack size: 20 kg box 



After treatment: 

Compacted layers 

‘opened up’ as clogged 

pores spaces are 

repaired. Gravitational 

water flow is reestablished 

and water/air 

balance reinstated. Root 

channels are developed 

and a viable soil structure 

restored. 

0800 424919 88

Compaction...the problem 

Compaction...the solution 

How to apply Integrate Plus liquid 

Integrate Plus can be applied at any time of the year providing 

the ground is not frozen or completely waterlogged. 

✱ Any type of conventional spraying machine can be used. 

✱ Irrigation or even rain following treatment is beneficial. 

✱ Improved results may be obtained by applying treatments 

immediately following mechanical aeration. 

Integrate Plus is not to be mixed with Calcium Nitrate based 

fertilizers or products incompatible with anionic adjuvants. 

How to apply Integrate Plus Granules 

Integrate Plus Granules are ideally applied after aeration e.g. 

Verti-draining or hollow-coring, as this ensures that the active 

ingredients in the product reach deep into the compacted 

rootzone where they can exert their optimum effects. 

The soil penetrants within the product help the poly-electrolyte 

system to move into the rootzone for maximum effectiveness. This 

will also be aided by the incorporation of the product following 

aeration operations. 

The easy to apply, dust free, granular formulation gives long term 

effectiveness due to the gradual release of ingredients in the 

granule and is ideal to apply during poor weather conditions. 


Equipment Integrate Plus Liquid Water Volume Area 

Standard High 

Power sprayer 5 - 10 litres 250-500 litres 10,000m 2 

Pedestrian sprayers 250 - 500ml 12.5-25 litres 500m 2 

200 - 400ml 10-20 litres 400m 2 

Knapsack sprayer 20 - 40ml 1-2 litres 40m 2 


Area of use Integrate Plus Granules Area 

Golf greens, 10g 500m 2 

Bowling greens 30g 1,500m 2 

Sportsfields 200kg 1ha 



Integrate Plus Granules contain advanced polymeric, polyelectrolytes 

together with the most advanced soil penetrant 

system. The long chain poly-electrolyte system within the 

product is negatively charged (anionic) and effectively 

attracts the positively charged cations held within the CEC 

sites on clay and organic matter e.g. Calcium, Magnesium. 

De-structured clay particles are minute and are effectively 

aggregated together by this process into larger crumbs. The 

formation of such a crumb structure within the rootzone results 

in improved drainage and much more pore space for root 

growth. 

89

Profile Greens 

A porous ceramic soil amendment for 

high performance root zones 

WHY Profile Greens 

❚ Improves root zones by adding water, 

nutrient and air holding capacity to the 

soil structure 

❚ Excellent stability – still stable after 30 

years 

❚ High, permanent Cation Exchange 

Capacity (CEC) 

❚ Consistent USGA particle size 

distribution – 99% between 0.15-1.0 mm 

❚ Proven by university studies to hold 

water like peat but drains like sand 

The Profie Greens particle 

Each particle is 74% pore space 

with approximately 39% capillary 

26% 

SOLIDS 

35% 

AIR 

39% 

WATER 

(water) pores and 35% noncapillary 

(air) pores. Profile 

Greens blended with sand or soil 

increases the water and nutrient 

holding pores as well as 

increasing the air and drainage 

pores. 

Profile's CEC will assist in the retention of nutrients, but 

unlike organic materials, such as peat, will not cause 

layering and will increase percolation rates. 

Profile Greens is a true porous ceramic product engineered to 

solve and prevent soil problems. The accurate computercontrolled 

firing process permanently changes the base 

minerals (Illite Clay and Amorphous Silica) into a stable porous 

ceramic particle. It is no longer a clay, with no danger of 

particles breaking down into clay resulting in layering 

problems, unlike some products which are not fired to the 

same temperatures. 

Profile Greens particle size distribution has been specifically 

tailored to match USGA particle size recommendations. 

How Profile Greens grade works 

Profile Greens physically improves the soil structure. In sand it 

increases water retention and nutrient-holding because of the 

capillary pores and the Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC). 

Percolation rates are increased when it is mixed with sand 

because of the non-capillary pore space within the product. 

Soil-based greens benefit by the added porosity Profile Greens 

provides for better drainage. 

Profile Greens is very stable: Stability over time is obviously 

impor tant, especially during winter or freeze/thaw cycles. 

Profile Greens is four times as stable as USGA requirements 

and has been shown not to break down. Stable particles have 

been found in Purdue University greens 30 years after 

incorporation. 

Pull the plug on drainage problems! 

Profile Greens 

Pack size: 22.68 kg 



Profile Field & Fairway 

Pack size: 22.68 kg 



0800 424919 90

Profile Greens has a high CEC: A permanent CEC of 33 meq/100g is 

provided by Profile Greens. It has a strong affinity for Potassium, 

which can leach quite readily from sand-based rootzones. Profile 

Greens has a low affinity for Sodium and in high salt areas it can 

therefore help amend the root zone by increasing drainage, 

allowing the flushing of greens of Sodium. 

Profile Greens holds water like peat, but drains like sand: Ohio State 

University proved Profile Greens' 50/50 balance of capillary and 

non-capillary pore space will retain water and also let water drain. 

Water is held within, and drawn through, the capillary pore space of 

the porous ceramic particles. The non-capillary pore space lets 

water flow through the soil if it becomes saturated. Adding Profile 

Greens to sands will increase percolation rates and improve water 

availability. 

Profile Greens reduces surface algal problems: Surface algal 

problems can be reduced dramatically by frequent light top 

dressings of Profile Greens. The excellent absorptive characteristics 

enable it to retain the moisture which is necessary for surface algal 

growth. 

THE IDEAL SOIL 

Ideal soil should contain 50% solid and 50% pore space. (½ 

capillary or water holding pore space and ½ non-capillary or airholding 

and drainage pore space) 

COMPACTED SOIL 

Compacted soil reduces or eliminates the non capillary 

(air-holding and drainage) pore space 

SAND SOIL 

Sand soils resist compaction, but they have little water or 

nutrient retention ability. 

SAND/PEAT MIX 

(Percolation rate: 12-15" per hour). 

Peat has been added to sand soils to increase water and 

nutrient retention. The problem is that peat or other organic 

materials tend to reduce water percolation rates and are 

relatively short-lived. 

How Profile Field & Fairway works 

Profile Field & Fairway is ideal for any soil since its unique structure 

contains thousands of pore spaces, and when mixed into the soil 

modifies its structure. It creates air spaces, increases the 

percolation rate, has excellent capillary characteristics and 

prevents clay soils from bonding together to cause compaction. 

The slightly larger particle size provides 78% porosity of which 41% is 

capillary pore space and 37% is non-capillary pore space. 

Profile Field & Fairway is ideal for use in most amenity areas e.g. 

sports grounds, whilst Profile Greens should be used for high 

performance root zones e.g. golf greens, bowling greens. 

SAND/PROFILE GREENS MIX 

(Percolation rate: 20-24”per hour) Profile brings sand 

back to the ideal soil conditions by balancing pore space. 

It improves percolation rates, water retention and nutrient 

retention. 



91 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Alize 

Porous granules that improve 

moisture and nutrient retention in 

the rootzone, increase aeration 

and CEC 

+ + + + + + + + + 

WHY Alize 

❚ Alize is a natural zeolite 

❚ Zeolites help with the retention of 

nutrients in areas which include: 

– Sand root zones 

– Low existing CEC 

– Soil with high leaching potential 

– To moderate and balance nutrient inputs 

Zeolites in a free 

draining rootzone 

hold on to 

positively charged 

nutients, e.g. 

– Ammonium 

– Potassium 

– Calcium 

How Alize works 

Zeolites are a family of crystaline aluminosilicate minerals. In 

common with other zeolites, Alize has a three dimensional 

cage-like structure consiting of SiO 4 and AlO 4 tetrehedra 

joined by shared oxygen atoms. The negative charges of 

the AlO 4 units are balanced by the presence of 

exchangeable cations which can be readily displaced by 

other substances, for example Ammonium ions. This 

phenomenom is known as ‘cation exchange’, and it is the 

high cation exchange capacity (CEC) of Alize which 

provides many of its useful properties. 

Alize, applied either by top dressing or ‘drill-and-fill’ 

technique, confers the following benefits to turf applications: 

1. Improves nutrient and fertilizer retention in the root zone. 

2. Granules adsorb soluble Nitrogen and Potassium, reducing 

leaching of key nutreints. 

3. Porous granules increase aeration resulting in healthier 

turf. 

4. Improves establishment of newly sown turf. 

5. Helps protect against the possibility of fertilizer scorch. 

6. Robust granules resist soil compaction. 

Technical Specification 

✱ Ca, Fe, Mg, Na, Si, Al, O, & H 2 O 

✱ Specific Weight – 2000-2400kgs/m 3 

✱ Porosity 49.3% 

✱ Water Absorption Capacity 46.5% 

✱ CEC 150-180 meq/100g 

Contains: 95% clinoptilolite 




Area of use Alize Area 

As top dressing or after aeration 50-100kg 500m 2 

1,000-2,000kg 1ha 



0800 424919 92

Magnet Rapide 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

A chelated liquid iron producing a 

prolonged and rapid enhancement 

of turf colour. Also corrects Iron 

and other trace element 

deficiencies 

WHY Magnet Rapide 

❚ Long term activity – up to 6 weeks 

❚ Enhanced turf colour within 12 hours 

due to special leaf penetrant system 

❚ No blackening of turf or unsightly 

application marks 

❚ Non-sulphate formulation: will not add 

to Black Layer/Dry Patch problems or 

affect soil pH 

❚ Has a comprehensive micro-nutrient 

package 

❚ Unique tank mixing compatibilities 

How Magnet Rapide works 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟ 

➟ 

Natural soil Iron, though abundant, can be deficient as it is 

mostly present as an insoluble form which the plant is unable 

to take up. In addition, the continued use of Sulphate of Iron 

products (Ferrous Sulphate) can also lead to problems 

including Black Layer, turf blackening and reduced root 

growth. 

Magnet Rapide contains Iron Chelates which overcome 

such problems. They are the only effective way of providing 

Iron in a biological form that can be utilised by turfgrass. 

Those in Magnet Rapide are complex molecules that protect 

the biologically active Ferrous Iron within their ring-like 

structure, preventing it from reacting with other substances 

and becoming unavailable for plant uptake. Once inside the 

plant they break down to release their Iron in a readily 

available form. 

The unique leaf penetrant system in Magnet Rapide helps 

the Iron move rapidly into the plant where it can have 

maximum effect, resulting in a rapid green-up with longlasting 

effects – up to 6 weeks from one application. 

The trace elements in Magnet Rapide are essential for 

healthy plant growth. 

Magnet Products 

Cuticle 

Inorganic Irons 

Chelated iron enters plant cells to 

give true greening from within 

Inorganic Iron sits on the surface 

Contains: Chelated iron (2.6% FeDPTA, 1.2% 

FeEDTA, 0.1% FeEDDHA), leaf 

penetrant system and a micronutrient 

package 






Area of use Magnet Rapide Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 1 litre 20-25 litres 500m 2 

Bowling greens, cricket squares 3 litres 60-75 litres 1500m 2 




93 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Magnet 

Dynamic 

Magnet 

Dynamic Lite 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟ 

➟ 

Granular chelated Iron gives 

fast results with long-term 

greening 

WHY Magnet Dynamic 

❚ Enhances turf colour within 12 hours due 

to the improved leaf penetrant system 

❚ Gives long-term activity: up to 16 weeks 

from one application 

❚ Has a low Nitrogen analysis to assist the 

plant growth response 

❚ Provides Potassium to help strengthen 

cell turgidity, combined with granular 

Iron to enhance plant disease resistance 

Micro-granular long lasting Iron 

WHY Magnet Dynamic Lite 

❚ Extremely uniform granule, ensuring 

even coverage 

❚ Dual source Iron (8.6%Fe) gives ext - 

ended phased release up to 16 weeks 

❚ High potash (14%K 2 O) to enhance 

plant cell turgidity 

❚ Relatively low Nitrogen assists plant 

meta bolic response without forcing 

soft growth 

How Magnet Dynamic works 

Magnet Dynamic is structured around a mini-granular fertilizer 

that will enhance hardening of the turf and so help to combat 

plant stress and enhance the plant’s ability to withstand disease. 


Area of use Magnet Dynamic Area 


Bowling greens, cricket squares 60kg 1,500m 2 

Golf fairways, sportsfields 200kg 5,000m 2 

Large areas 400kg 10,000m 2 

Applications can be made at any time of year but are 

particularly beneficial during late Summer & Autumn 

through to early Spring. When applied as an early-season 

starter, the Potassium enhances plant cell strength through 

osmo-regulation and the Iron component provides 

enhanced colour. 


Area of use Magnet Dynamic Area 

Lite 

Golf greens & tees, bowling greens, cricket squares 20kg 500m 2 






Contains: 7% Iron (Fe), leaf penetrant system 

and micro-nutrient package 

Pack size: 20 kg 



Contains: 3% Nitrogen (N), 14% Potash (K 2 O) 

and 8.6% Iron (Fe) 




0800 424919 94

Iron Complex 

Liquid Iron 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟ 

➟ 

Liquid iron complex for rapid 

greening at any time of the year 

WHY Iron Complex 

❚ Iron complexed with Citric Acid to give a 

very effective and rapid green-up 

❚ Economical application of Iron without 

added Urea 

❚ Used at any time of year – especially 

effective during autumn and winter 

❚ Penetrating agent ensures optimum 

coverage and penetration of the Iron 

component 

How Iron Complex works 

The Citric Acid and penetrating agent within the product act 

as a delivery system to ensure maximum effects are achieved 

from the product. Iron Complex provides a rapid green-up 

effect, without producing growth. The product does not overly 

stress the sward as is often seen when using ordinary Ferrous 

Sulphate. 


Iron Complex Water Volume Area 

2 litres 30 litres 500m 2 

40 litres 600 litres 1 ha 

Turf greening without 

stimulating growth. 

Hardens the grass to combat 

disease attack 

WHY Liquid Iron 

❚ Rapid green-up without excessive 

foliar growth 

❚ Helps to harden turf making it less 

susceptible to disease 

❚ Contains Urea plus 8%Fe 

How Liquid Iron works 

While Iron is not part of the plant’s chlorophyll structure, it is 

required to produce chlorophyll, which gives plants their 

green colour. Iron also plays an important role in reactions 

involving photosynthesis, Nitrogen utilisation and root 

growth. Liquid Iron provides the turf with a source of Iron. 


Liquid Iron Water Volume Area 

500-750ml Min 40 litres 500m 2 

10-15 litres Min 800 litres 1 ha 





Contains: Iron Sulphate (7% Fe) Citric Acid 

complex plus penetrating agent 









95 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Soluble Iron 

Mosquito 

Readily-available Iron for 

rapid turf greening. Added 

Citric Acid reduces pH in 

solution 

WHY Soluble Iron 

❚ Contains 20.5% Fe 

How Soluble Iron works 

The product is produced with Citric Acid, thus reducing the pH 

of the solution, and the Iron is in the ferrous form (Fe++) making 

it more readily available to the plant. The formulation also 

contains a wetting agent to facilitate dispersal and has a low 

application rate. 


Soluble Iron Water Volume Area 

500g 25 litres 500m 2 

10kg 500 litres 1 ha 



Highly concentrated for rapid and 

economical application 

WHY Mosquito 

❚ Can be used at any time of year † 

❚ A high specific gravity allows 

maximum Iron application for the 

amount of product applied 

❚ Low pH ensures Iron availability to the 

plant 

❚ Economic application in a liquid form 

† Avoid use when plant is under stress 

How Mosquito works 

Following application, the Iron content stimulates the plants 

production of chlorophyll, which in turn enhances turf colour. 

Applied in the autumn, Mosquito hardens the leaf prior to the 

onset of winter. Care however should be taken where moss is 

present as, at the standard rate, Mosquito will turn the moss 

black. In such a situation the area should be scarified and overseeded 

to re-establish the sward. 


Area of use Mosquito Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 

Bowling greens, cricket squares 45 litres 400-500 litres 1 ha 

Sports pitches 

The quantity of product is dependent on the required effect and 

coverage will depend on type and condition of the grass being treated. 



Pack size: 10 kg tub 

Pack coverage: Up to 10,000 sq.m 


Contains: 10%Fe (Iron applied (std rate) 

6.75kgs/ha). Specific Gravity 1.5 





0800 424919 96

Photon 

Permanent green turf paint 

with UV absorber and optical 

brighteners 

WHY Photon 

❚ Restores natural green colour to 

discoloured or damaged turf 

❚ Helps to increase grass surface 

temperature 

❚ Last up to 3 months, dependent upon 

mowing regimes and climate conditions 

❚ Enhances turf colour – ideal for 

prestigious events 

❚ Can be used to colour divot mixtures 

❚ Easy to use – non hazardous 

How Photon works 

Used in places or at times when natural light is at a premium, 

Photon is ideal to enhance the plants ability to absorb UV radiation 

and so improve its photosynthesizing ability. As permanent green 

turf paint, Photon will provide uniformity of appearance and assist 

in the disguising of mechanical damage as well as stress. 


Area of use Photon Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 

Bowling greens, cricket squares 2.5 litres 300-400 litres 1 ha 

Sports pitches 



Contains: UV absorber & optical brighteners 





“ 

We use R14 grass mixture on 

both the main pitch and our 

extensive training ground complex. 

The mix provides superb colour, 

root depth and surface density. 

Another benefit is the speed in 

which the surface recovers from 

wear. Because we have a large 

number of pitches at the training 

ground, speed of line marking is 

important. We have for many years 

based our programme on the 

Impact Linemarking System and, 

with the Impact paint, I can say 

that we have never had brighter, 

more durable lines 

” 

Bob Lennon 


Everton FC 

97

Ground breaking! 

R6 CRT 

The latest grass seed technology 

introduction from Rigby Taylor 

follows the success of R25 CRT. 

Bringing together the proven benefits 

of both tetraploid and creeping 

perennial ryegrass technology, 

R6 CRT combines innovative 

ryegrasses with slender creeping 

red and hard fescues for 

increased stress tolerance and 

high sward density. 

Fast establishing and hard wearing, 

this mix is perfect for repair, 

renovation and species exchange 

programmes on golf courses and cricket 

outfields, delivering exceptional 

tolerance to drought, disease and salt 

stress, in full sun or moderate shade. 

E-mail: sales@rigbytaylor.com www.rigbytaylor.com Freefone: 0800 424 919

Spike 

Promotes a cleaner cut, increases 

green speed and a more consistent 

ball roll, whilst encouraging 

post-tournament surface healing 

WHY Spike 

❚ Stimulates upright growth for a 

cleaner, more uniform cut 

❚ Increases green speed and improves 

ball roll 

❚ Speeds up the healing of pitch marks 

and wear damage 

❚ Strengthens leaf blade by increasing 

cell wall turgidity 

❚ Reduces water loss (transpiration) 

during dry periods 

❚ Increases the number of Poa seed 

heads removed 

How Spike works 

Containing Potassium and Silica, the stomatal leaf 

opening is regulated and the leaf cell wall turgidity 

increased. The Potassium helps the plant to overcome 

stress effects caused by drought, cold, traffic and 

mechanical wear and salinity. 

The Silicon accumulates in the leaf cuticles leading to 

increased chlorophyll content, improved photosynthesis 

and enhanced colour. It also assists root development 

providing strength, and the ability to achieve excellent 

anchorage and deeper penetration of the root zone. 

Strong upright blades ensure a cut above the rest 

There is also evidence that Silicon stimulates a reaction 

by the plant to disease attack, producing a rapid 

activation of peroxides and polyphenoxidases that play 

an active role in plant disease suppression. 

Applied all year round, it is especially effective for turf 

presentation and to enhance tolerance to, and 

recovery from, plant stresses. 


Area of use Spike Water Volume Area 

Golf and bowling greens, 

tees, fairways, sports pitches 

10 litres 300-500 litres 10,000m2 

Ideally apply during the growing period at 4 weekly intervals. 

Contains: 6% Silica (Si) and 7% soluble 

Potash (K 2 O) 

Pack Size: 5 litres 

Pack Coverage: 5,000 sq.m 

RT Order Code: 0113176/05 


“ 

I used Spike 10 days before our finals day at the 

end of August. Within about 4 days the grass 

blades were noticeably standing more upright, 

allowing for a better quality of cut and 

consequentially an improved ball roll. This continued 

until after the finals day prompting many favourable 

comments. I will definitely use again before 

tournaments. 

” 

Trevor Davies 

Head Greenkeeper 

Southport Old Links 

99 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Propel-R 

Advanced generation of water 

management solutions 

WHY Propel-R 

❚ New technology with soil micelle 

interaction 

❚ Advanced formulation gives complete 

soil wetting 

❚ Reduces soil water repellency to zero 

❚ Transports moisture away from the 

surface 

❚ Improves water and air balance in the 

rootzone 

❚ Enhances the soil rhizosphere diversity 

and activity 

How Propel-R works 

The unique formulation of Propel-R uses distinctive micelles to 

attract both water and hydrophobic soil particles together. The 

micelles are arranged in rods and multiply significantly the sites in 

which water can be reserved for use by the plant roots and other 

beneficial organisms in the rhizosphere. 

Industry standard 

partial soil wetting 

Propel-R complete 

soil wetting 

The arrangements of the micelle rods are 

hexagonal in structure, which ensure a consistent 

and complete permeation of moisture within the 

root-zone 

Propel-R Liquid 

Contains: 100% polysorbate polyoxu ethylene 

co-polymer-linked surfactants 


Also available in 120 & 200 litre drums 




Propel-R Granules 




Propel-R Tablets 

Pack size: 25 tablet 


RT order code: 0423963/ SD Tablets 

0423962/ HD Tablets 


The micelle rods also have a lower friction coefficient than 

standard wetting agents, which allows Propel-R to pass more 

rapidly into the soil profile. The speed at which the wetting agent is 

dispersed through the soil profile greatly improves the reaction to 

Dry Patch flare-ups. 

Prevention is always better than cure 

Turf grass that has been drought-stressed will exhaust valuable 

reserves in an attempt to restore its natural balance of strength 

and health, leaving it prone to diseases and the inability to 

withstand and recover from mechanical injury. Maintaining a 

balanced air/water ratio in the root zone will inhibit the 

development of hydrophobic lipids that can have such a 

weakening affect on plants and preserve the plants metabolism 

and become more resistant to stress. 

Regular applications of Propel-R will ensure the rootzone is in the 

best condition to supply the necessary moisture and nutrient 

transport for optimal plant development. 

0800 424919 100

Soil Water Repellency Results 

Rooting: When turf is severely affected by Dry Patch the rooting of 

the grass can be significantly restricted. Plants with a shallow and 

poorly developed rootzone are in turn more susceptible to drought 

and will wilt and eventually die. Propel-R keeps moisture in the tiny 

spaces between sand and soil particles and encourages the plant 

root to produce fine root hairs that can utilise this moisture and thus 

minimise the effects of drought stress. 

More wetting agent 

Less wetting agent 

Trial 1. Water Efficiency 

(Mean of trials on replicated plots) 

Comparison of Propel-R with the industry standard and 

untreated plots* to study the ability of rootzones to receive 

and benefit from irrigation. 

Analyses of the percentage of water entering the rootzone 

after 20 minutes. Measurements were taken every 20 minutes 

after an irrigation cycle to determine water receptivity. 

Trial 2. Soil Water Repellency – M.E.D Values * 

(Mean of trials on replicated plots) 

Trial to compare Propel-R with the industry standard and 

untreated plots* to study the response times of water entering 

the rootzone and the maintenance of an M.E.D value below 

the critical 1.0 level. 

MED = molarity of ethanol droplet 

MED values typically range from 0 (no hydrophobicity) to 

4 (extreme hydrophobicity) 

Untreated = 2% Industry standard = 16% 

Propel-R = 22% 

Propel-R gave the greatest benefit 

* Trials took place on plots with rootzones that had an M.E.D Value of 2.4 

Propel-R Granules 

Using the same formulation as the liquid, Propel-R Granules has 

an advanced dust free, uniform granular carrier specifically 

developed for turf application. 

Propel-R Tablets & 

Applicator Gun 

Propel-R Tablets are formulated using advanced surfactant 

technology and are the latest development of the hose-end 

application. Containing Amino Acids, these tablets not only 

provide superior control of Dry Patch but enhance recovery of 

the damaged turf. 

Available in both standard density (SD), and high density (HD) 

for use when water pressure is over 5 bar. 

Initial application made in March when the M.E.D value was 

1.9. 0A second treatment was made after 14 days and then at 

monthly intervals. 

Propel-R gave the greatest benefit in the speed of response 

and the length of time M.E.D values were kept below the 

critical 1.0 value level. 

* M.E.D – Values ranged from 0.0 – 3.0 – Any value over 1.0 is classified as hydrophobic 


Area of use Propel-R Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, tees, bowling greens 1 litres 35-45 litres 500m 2 



Area of use Propel-R Granules Area 

Golf greens, tees, bowling greens 10kg 500m 2 




101 

www.rigbytaylor.com


Dry Patch and root regeneration 

in one application 

WHY Breaker BioLinks 

❚ Curative preventative 

activity against Dry Patch – as confirmed 

by STRI 

❚ A proven solution for water 

management problems in turf 

❚ Combats summer stress 

❚ Balances soil moisture content 

❚ Improves turf colour and quality 

❚ Contains natural phytohormones 

How Breaker BioLinks works 

Complete Immersion Technology 

Built upon the success of Breaker Dynamic, with its Complete 

Immersion Technology, Breaker BioLinks offers increased 

curative powers against Dry Patch and enhanced soil moisture 

management. 

Advanced triple action 

A powerful three-way combination that provide rapid wetting 

of the surface, a penetrant to drive the active ingredient down 

into the root zone and a third ingredient ensures the soil profile 

retains a re-wetting ability. 

Biological Recuperation 

Breaker BioLinks contains 

phytohormones (auxins, 

cytokinins, betaines, 

gibberelins) derived from 

kelp extract obtained from 

selective, refined 

Hebridean-sourced 

seaweed. The integration of 

these components into the 

water management programme promotes 

regeneration of damaged root systems and relief 

from summer stress. 

Standard Wetter 

Partial Immersion: 

Many soil particles remain 

untreated 


Complete Immersion: 

Every soil particle becomes 

treated 

Integrated source of plant growth hormones 

The Breaker BioLinks formulation stimulates root re-generation 

and provides natural moisture retention. It is the proven answer 

to Dry Patch and water-related problems on all turf surfaces, 

especially links golf courses and other sand based rootzones. 

✱ Programmed approach – virtually eliminates water 

repellancy 

Pack size: 12.5 litres 

Also available in 120 and 200 litre 

drums 



✱ Excellent rootzone penetration – fast re-wetting 

✱ Promotes strong root growth, sward strength and colour 

✱ Achieves dry surface whilst maintaining soil moisture balance 


0800 424919 102

STRI results prove it! 

Independent research carried out by the STRI in 2009 which included leading wetting agents, showed that Breaker 

BioLinks, when applied preventatively, reduced the severity of Dry Patch, improved turf colour, turf quality and soil 

moisture content. 

In addition, 

“Applied after the rootzone had dried (curatively), only Breaker BioLinks improved turf quality 

and reduced Dry Patch severity.” 

Wetting and spreading 

This agent reduces surface tension of water droplets so they 

can spread more readily across the turf surface. Increases 

the speed at which excess surface water is moved down into 

the rootzone. 

Conventional Wetters 

Water droplets falling onto 

grass surface 


spreads water over the 

surface to a far greater extent 

Re-Wetting 

Breaker BioLinks moves through hydrophobic layers and 

works up to 30% deeper in the rootzone. This ensures uniform 

wetting of the soil profile rather than just the surface or thatch 

layer and improves the air:moisture balance to allow the 

roots to penetrate beyond the Dry Patch zone. 

With Breaker BioLinks a visible response by the turf can be 

seen in 48 hours when applied with irrigation and a dry soil will 

be totally re-wetted in 4-6 hours. 


Area of use Breaker BioLinks Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 1.25 litres 35-45 litres 500m 2 

Bowling greens, 3.75 litres 105-135 litres 1,500m 2 


Conventional Wetters 


How to use Breaker Biolinks 

Programme Approach 

Breaker BioLinks has been developed to work both on a 

preventative and curative level. 

Due to the residual activity of Breaker BioLinks in the rootzone a 

concentration of wetting agent increases in line with the number 

of applications during the season. This cumulative effect has 

significant benefits when Dry Patch becomes most prevalent 

during July/August. 

This programmed approach ensures the maximum amount of 

wetting agent is present in the rootzone at exactly the time it is 

most needed. 



103 

www.rigbytaylor.com


Proven surfactant technology 

for the management of 

water-related problems 

WHY Breaker Dynamic 

❚ Superb control and prevention of Dry 

Patch 

❚ Maximises irrigation efficiency – make 

best use of the water you apply 

❚ Improved penetration system gets active 

even deeper into the soil, even through 

hydrophobic layers 

❚ Moves moisture away from turf surface 

❚ Encourages improved root growth 

❚ Extremely safe to turf, no risk of scorch 

❚ Liquid, granular, tablet and fairway 

formulations 

How Breaker Dynamic works 

Dry Patch results from a build up of organic matter on soil 

particles caused by fungal mycelium deposits, such as 

those left behind following Fairy Rings. This deposit is 

made up of waxes and lipids and is highly waterrepellent 

– a hydrophobic coating that prevents water 

from attaching to, and wetting, the soil. Breaker 

Dynamic can attach to both water and the organic 

coating on the soil particles to provide a ‘bridge’ or link 

between two otherwise incompatible substances; this 

allows the soil to be re-hydrated. 

The chemistry used in Breaker Dynamic is an extremely 

long repeating chain of tri-block co-polymer surfactants, 

which allow different chemical properties to be 

combined into one active. Surfactants are selected that 

have superior spreading properties, excellent penetration 

and long term rewetting. These are all blended to make 

up Breaker Dynamic. 

The Breaker formulation chemistry alters the structure of 

water molecules to allow them to spread out giving 

maximum coverage over the soil surface. The penetrants 

then ensure water is moved down both horizontally and 

vertically within the soil profile to where it is needed in the 

rootzone. 

Breaker Dynamic Liquid 

Contains: Polyoxyalkylene glycol surfactants 

and soil penetrant 


Also available in 120 & 200 litre drums 

Pack coverage: 5,000 sq.m (Programme) 

2,000 sq.m (Single) 


Breaker Dynamic Granules 




Breaker Dynamic Tablets 

Pack size: 25 tablets 


RT order code: 0423902/ SD Tablets 

0423903/ HD Tablets 


University Trial Results 

Independent trials carried out at University of Georgia, USA, 

2010 on USPGA spec golf green. Investigating water 

repellency and irrigation efficiency. These support similar trials 

at the STRI and IBERS (university of Aberystwyth). 

✱ Dynamic surpassed all other treatments 

✱ Revolution and Breaker Advance needed approx. 1.2cm 

more irrigation water than Breaker Dynamic to reach the 

same soil moisture levels 

✱ Breaker Dynamic reduced MED (measure of water 

repellency) to 0 following initial application 

✱ The data also indicates that the efficacy of the Breaker 

Dynamic is between 4 & 8 weeks after the last application 

0800 424919 104

Without Breaker Dynamic 

Water is repelled from the soil particles by the 

presence of water repellent organic material 

Sand particles 

Breaker 

Dynamic 

Surfactant 

Soil particles 

Water-repellent 

organic material 

With Breaker Dynamic 

Breaker Dynamic Surfactant forms a bridge 

between the water repellent organic material 

and the water allowing the soil to be rehydrated 


...thirst aid for turf! 


Granules 

Breaker Dynamic Granules use the same formulation as the 

liquid product but utilises an advanced dust free, uniform 

granular carrier specifically developed for turf application. 

APPLICATION RATES – PROGRAMME APPLICATION 

Area of use Breaker Dynamic Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 1 litre 35-45 litres 500m 2 

Bowling greens, 3 litres 105-135 litres 1,500m 2 


APPLICATION RATES – SINGLE SEASON APPLICATION 

Area of use Breaker Dynamic Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 2.5 litres 225 litres 500m 2 

Bowling greens, 7.5 litres 675 litres 1,500m 2 

Golf fairways, sportsfields 50 litres 4,500 litres 1 ha 


Area of use Breaker Dynamic Granules Area 




Large areas 200kg 10,000m 2 




Tablets & 

Applicator Gun 

Breaker Dynamic Tablets + AA are the latest development of the 

hose-end wetting agent tablets utilising Breaker Dynamic surfactant 

technology. Amino Acids have been included in the formulation to 

enhance recovery of the turf. They are available in both standard 

density (SD) and high density (HD) for 

use when water pressure is over 5 bar. 

Designed for use with the Breaker 

Dynamic Applicator Gun to spot-treat 

individual areas of Dry Patch. The 

applicator is fitted with a Cloudburst 

Nozzle giving large droplets and and 

outstanding fan pattern. 

Breaker Fairway 

Fairway products contain the Breaker Dynamic formulation but are 

specially modified to make them ideal for use on fairways and 

outfield areas. All are applied at 40 litres per ha in 400 litres of water 

and are available in 200 litre containers giving up to 5ha of 

coverage. 

Number 1: Standard formulation. 

Number 2: Includes 2% Fe (chelated) +2% Seaweed 

Number 3: Includes 2% Fe (chelated) +2% Seaweed 

+2% Amino Acids + 2% Carbohydrate 

105 

www.rigbytaylor.com


Cures water repellency and 

reinstates water receptivity, 

acting directly on the cause 

of Dry Patch 

WHY Breaker Curative 2 

❚ A unique blend of organic components 

that attack and break down the 

hydrophobic materials that bind to 

sand particles in the soil profile 

❚ Long lasting, effective treatment 

❚ Extremely safe to all types of turf, with 

no adverse effects on soil microbial 

activity 

❚ Ideally used as a combined 

programme with Breaker Dynamic 

Liquid 

Contains: Aqueous hydrophobic polymers 


200 litres 

Pack coverage: 5,000 sq.m (10 litres) 

10 ha (200 litres) 

RT order code: 0423859/010 (10 litres) 

0423859/200 (200 litres) 


How Breaker Curative 2 works 

It is the unique Tenside Hydrophobe Chemistry in Breaker 

Curative 2 that targets the water repellent materials which 

bind to the sand particles that make the rootzone unable to 

re-wet. The mild cleansing action removes the waxy 

materials and places them in solution, which means they 

can be flushed from the rootzone profile. As Breaker 

Curative 2 keeps the materials in a true solution, they cannot 

re-attach themselves to the sand particles. 

Electron micrograph of sand 

grain with waxy coating formed 

by soil inhabiting fungi of the 

type that cause Fairy Rings 

Combined Breaker Curative 2 and Breaker Dynamic 

applications 

Breaker Curative 2 will cure soil water repellency but will not 

help water penetrate through and maintain even moisture 

distribution in the rootzone. Breaker Curative 2 is best 

applied as part of a combined application programme with 

Breaker Dynamic liquid or other high quality wetting agents. 

If water droplets do not penetrate into air-dried soil cores 

within one minute then the soil may be considered to be 

water repellent. This technique is extremely useful in 

assessing whether a wetting agent or other material has had 

an effect on soil water repellency. 

Trials on 100% sand rootzones and USGA rootzone 

constructions have shown the reduction in soil water 

repellency that can be achieved using a Breaker Curative 

2/Breaker Dynamic liquid programme. (See website for 

details). 


Area of use Breaker Curative 2 Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 1litres 50 litres 500m 2 

Bowling greens, cricket squares 3 litres 150 litres 1,500m 2 

Golf fairways, sportsfields 20 litres 1,000 litres 1 ha 


Electron micrograph of sand 

grain having been treated with 



0800 424919 106

HydroPro-2 

NEW 

TO THE RANGE 

Non-ionic reverse block co-polymer 

for the control of localised Dry 

Patch, and the management of water 

related problems in amenity turf 

WHY HydroPro-2 

❚ Consistent control and prevention of 

Dry Patch 

❚ Moves water from surface to rehydrate 

rootzone 

❚ Reverse block co-polymer improves 

longevity between application 

❚ Customized programmed approach 

❚ Effective and economical solution to 

treating water repellent soils 

❚ Enhanced plant health 

How HydroPro-2 works 

Localised Dry Patch develops when waxy lipids are 

created from organic matter by fungal mycelium in 

root zones. These lipids coat soil/sand particles and 

effectively create a barrier to the infiltration of moisture, creating a 

water repellent root zone. 

HydroPro-2 is a long chain polymer based molecule; where one end 

is hydrophilic (likes water) and the other end is hydrophobic (prefers 

the waxy coated soil particles). When applied to a turf root zone the 

molecules attach themselves to the hydrophobic soil particles, the 

opposite end is then free to retain water and subsequently re-hydrate 

the soil. The benefit of using a reverse block co-polymer is that it is 

degraded more slowly by microbial activity than standard block copolymers 

and retains more of its wetting ability between applications. 

Application Rates 

Apply monthly from March to October. However, due to its reverse 

structure, when temperatures are moderate during this growing 

period, a standard rate of 15 litres/ha is the optimal application rate. 

As temperatures rise and both, microbial activity and 

evapotranspiration rates increase, it is recommended that the 

application rate is increased to 20 litres/ha. 


Area of use HydroPro-2 Water Volume Area 

15° 

Golf greens and tees 750ml 1lts 25-45 litres 500m 2 

Bowling greens 2.5 litres 3 litres 105-135 litres 1,500m 2 

Fairways, sportsfields 15 litres 20 litres 700-900 litres 1 ha 



Contains: Block Polymers based on ethylene 

oxide and propylene oxide 

Pack size: 10 litres, 200 litre drums 

Pack coverage: 10 litres: 7,500 m 2 when average 

daily air temperature is between 

5° & 15°C. 

5,000 m 2 when average daily air 

temperatures are higher than 15°C. 


107 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Penetr8-R 

An effective, rapid pre-conditioner of 

hydrophobic soils prior to commencing 

a standard wetting agent programme 

WHY Penetr8-R 

❚ Provides rapid (5 minutes) initial wetting of 

dry, water repellent (hydrophobic) soils 

❚ Moves excess water from soil surface and 


❚ Increase the flow of oxygen into and 


❚ Ideal for areas prone to drought, 

e.g. bunker tops and ‘hot spots’ 

❚ Assists in ‘flushing through’ excessive salt 

concentrations 

❚ Reduces water ‘puddling’ from low lying 

hollows 

How Penetr8-R works 

Provides a 100 x reduction of surface water tension 

(approximately 5 times that of a standard wetting agent) 

which assists the downward flow of water to more easily and 

quickly pulled through soil profile into the drains and 

soakaways. 

A single application will penetrate between 25 and 30cm 

reaching maximum depth within 30 minutes. Penetr8-R will 

not scorch and watering in is not required following 

application. 

Waterlogged soil 

Dry Patch 


Area of use Penetr8-R Water Volume Area 

All amenity and sports 

turf surfaces 

5-10 litres 700 litres 1 ha 

Contains: Dioctyl sulphosuccinate surfactants 

Pack size: 1 litre, 10 litres 

Pack coverage: 10,000 – 20,000 sq.m 

RT order code: 1 litre: 0423970/01 

10- litres: 0423970/010 


Repeat as necessary (usually 4-6 weeks). 

Where a problem condition is particularly severe, additional 

benefits will be gained by applying Penetr8-R following 

mechanical aeration. 



0800 424919 108

Redewcer 

NEW 

TO THE RANGE 

A new protectant spray to discourage and 

remove the formation of dew on turf surfaces 

WHY Redewcer 

❚ Effective in preventing dew formation 

on turf 

❚ Improves green speed and ball run 

consistency 

❚ Cost effective with low application rates 

❚ Assists cultural control disease 

management 

❚ Allows maintenance operations to 

commence earlier 

❚ Safe to use – same chemistry used on 

food crops 

How Redewcer works 

Redewcer assists the drying of the leaf, by encouraging water to be 

shed leading to beneficial implications on leaf health with less water 

available for bacterial and fungal spore germination. 

Applied to the surface of the leaf, it helps to reinforce existing 

cuticular wax and modifies it so the surface is effectively ‘smoother’. 

This ensures a lower level of moisture holding resistance, which 

increases early water bead formation of surface water on the leaves 

allowing them to more rapidly roll off the leaf, leaving it drier. 

ReDewcer has no detrimental effect on the actions of the plants 

stomata and will not affect transpiration or photosynthesis. 

KEY: X = Reaction Occurs 

C = Cream 

S = Sediment 

O = Oil 

L = Clear liquid layer 

N = Not dispersible 

F = Flocculation 

H = Homogenous 

Redewcer – Tank mixed at equivalent of 6 litres in 100lts of water 

Fungicide Quantity 5 mins 30 mins 120 mins Physical 

Equivalent 

Compatability 

Foremost 1.8 litres H H H Compatible 

Eland 1.25 kgs H H H/S Compatible 


Area of use Redewcer Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 500ml 20-30 litres 1,000m 2 

Golf fairways, outfields, sportsfields 5 litres 200-300 litres 1 ha 




Pack coverage: 2 ha 


Tank Mixing Possibilities 

Tank Mixing Assessments have been carried out tank mixing 

Redewcer with fungicide products. The bench test results are 

shown above. 

Compatibility studies were carried out using Redewcer at a slightly 

higher than normal application rate equivalent to 6 litres per 

hectare in reduced water volume equivalent to 100litres per 

hectare. The two fungicides were added at normal rate and 

compatibility were measured at 5, 30 and 120 minute intervals. 

When used with Foremost fungicide the resultant tank mixture was 

found to be homogenous 2 hours after mixing. With the Eland 

fungicide the mixture remained homogenous 2 hours after mixing 

but a small amount of sediment had evolved. 

109 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Dew-T 

For the rapid and effective dispersal of 

dew formation, surface moisture and 

light frost on fine and coarse turf grass 

WHY Dew-T 

❚ Excellent prevention of dew formation 

(up to 14 days). 

❚ Gives a cleaner cut when mowing 

❚ Start mowing operations earlier in the 

day 

❚ Cultural method of disease 

management 

❚ Cost effective dew control operation, 

when compared to traditional switching 

and brushing 

❚ Safe to beneficial microbes 

❚ Low application rate and water volume 

How Dew-T works 

Surface moisture on the leaf can provide the optimum 

habitat for diseases such as Microdochium nivale (Fusarium 

Patch) or Sclerotinia homoeocarpa (Dollar Spot). Both strive 

in cool, moist conditions. Dew can also encourage moss 

growth, especially in the Spring and Autumn. 

One common solution is the use of a dew brush. This can add 

disturbance to the leaf at times where climate conditions are 

already adding additional stress factors to the turfgrass. The 

use of a dew brush can be labour intensive wasting time and 

resources. 

Dew-T contains unique polymeric surfactants that have a 

twin mode of action. Firstly they are very effective at 

reducing the surface tension of water molecules thus 

preventing dew formation. Secondly they have a very strong 

binding capacity, which enables them to attach to the 

surface of the waxy leaf surface which causes the moisture 

to run off. 

By removing the water from the turfgrass surface, this 

reduces the optimum conditions on the turfgrass, which aids 

the prevention of foliar diseases. This leads to healthier more 

disease resistant turf. 

Trial results of Dew-T 


Area of use Dew-T Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 1 litre 50 litres 1,000m 2 

Golf fairways, outfields 10 litres 500 litres 1 ha 

sportsfields 



Treated 

Untreated 

Untreated 

Treated 

Dew-T clearly identifies its 

effectiveness when applied before 

dew formation is prominent 

Dew-T shows the effectiveness on 

golf greens and surrounds 



Pack coverage: 1ha 

0800 424919 110

Microcal 

How Microcal works 

Microcal is a micro-granulated form of Carbonate of Lime, 

making application a dust-free and simple operation. It helps to 

re-dress the pH balance in soils that are too acidic. 

When experiencing excessive acidic conditions apply Microcal, 

followed by regular pH tests to ascertain if further applications 

are required. 

Micro-granulated form of Calcium 

Carbonate for correcting acidic pH 

imbalances 

WHY Microcal 

❚ Contains Calcium Carbonate 








“ 

Our main stadium pitch is marked 

out for our football matches using 

a transfer wheel machine and Duraline 

Stadia and Standard paints. These give 

us an excellent bright line and the lasting 

qualities we require. For the training 

grounds however, where we have 

multiple pitches we have four iGO 

machines that apply Impact XP ready to 

use spray marker paint. All our staff like 

these machines, they are easy to use, 

allow us to apply lines very quickly and 

though we have trialed other systems 

we find the Impact system to be the 

best for our needs. 

” 

Steve Winterburn 


Brighton & Hove Albion Football Club

Tank Mixing 

Compatability Chart 

ACTIVATE R-ERD 

ACTIVATE R-ERD 

ACTIVATE XL 

AMINO-FORM LX 

BIOPLEX LIQUID 

BREAKER BIO-LINKS 

BREAKER CURATIVE 

BREAKER DYNAMIC 

BREAKER FAIRWAY 

INTEGRATE PLUS 

IRON COMPLEX 

K-FORM 

CAL-FORM 

MAGNET RAPIDE 

MANGANAZE 

MICRODYNE 

MAG-FORM 

MICROFLOW 14-3-6 




PHOS-FORM 

SWARD 

PROPEL-R 

TRI-MATE 

ACTIVATE XL 

AMINO-FORM LX 

BIOPLEX LIQUID 

BREAKER BIO-LINKS 

BREAKER CURATIVE 

BREAKER DYNAMIC 

BREAKER FAIRWAY 

CAL-FORM 

INTEGRATE PLUS 

IRON COMPLEX 

K-FORM 

MAG-FORM 

MAGNET RAPIDE 

MANGANAZE 

MICRODYNE 





PHOS-FORM 

PROPEL-R 

SWARD 

TRI-MATE 

KEY 

Blockade, Dew-T, Spike, Soluble Iron are all stand-alone products and are not recommended for tank mixing 

Tank mixable. Synergism indicated. 

Not tank mixable 

‘Synergism’: The working together of two 

elements that produces an effect that is greater 

than the sum of their individual effects when 

applied alone. 

✱ Rigby Taylor does not advocate tank mixing pesticides with each 

other, or other products, unless the particular tank mix is specifically 

recommended, and is in accordance with the approved label for 

those products concerned. 

✱ Do not mix more than two products together in any one application. 

If making a tank mix for the first time apply to a small area first to 

establish safety and desired effects. Always follow the highest water 

rates indicated on the labels of the products concerned. Read 

product label before use. 

0800 424919 112

FOUNDED 1884

Grass Seeds 


Golf & Bowls 

Fairways Deep Cricket Cricket Tennis 

Product Greens Tees & Semi- Rough Walkways Squares Outfields Courts 

Rough 

Sports 

R1 

R117 

R105 

R116 

R4 

R5 

Fescue/Bent 

100% Fine Red Fescue 

100% Browntop Bent Blend 

Ultra Fine Rye & Fescue 

Species Rich 

100% Fescue Blend 

Pure Fescue 100% Multi-fescue Blend 

3-way Fescue 100% Red Fescue Blend 

R6 CRT 

R8 

R9 

R25 CRT 

R14 

R14 CR 

Tetraploid & Creeping Rye & Fescue 

Fine Rye & Fescue 

100% Ultra Fine Rye 

Tetraploid, Creeping & Diploid Rye Blend 

100% Perennial Ryegrass Blend 

Creeping Perennial Ryegrass Blend 

Behind the 

crease 

R140 

Tetraploid Perennial Ryegrass Blend 

R314 Rye 

100% Cool Growth Ryegrass Blend 

Divot 

repair 

Divot 

repair 

R11 

100% Perennial Ryegrass Blend 

R13 

Rye & Creeping Red Fescue 

R15 

Rye & Smooth-stalked Meadowgrass 

R460 

Rhizo. Tall Fescue & Tetraploid Ryegrass 

Packed full of technical advantage 

The R Range of grass seed mixtures is developed using highly rated, top 

performing cultivars to offer you reliable performance whatever the 

demands of your playing surface. But did you know our mixtures also 

feature advanced and unique specialised characteristics? 

Our new icon programme is here to help you identify ‘at-a-glance’ 

R Range mixtures, which contain the key characteristics you most value. 

0800 424919 114

iCONOLOGY 

Shade Tolerant 

Selected for shade tolerance 

characteristics 

Drought Tolerant 

Mixtures that show tolerance to high 

temperatures and drought 

Wear Tolerant 

Resist surface wear and provides rapid 

re-establishment 

Equestrian 

Lacrosse Sports Racecourses Winners Polo Page 

& Games Pitches Enclosures Pitches Number 

Fields 

119 

Salt Tolerant 

Tolerance to conditions where salinity is 

a problem 

Cold Tolerant 

Excellent tolerance to low temperatures 

119 

119 

120 

Close Mow Tolerant 

Tolerance to close cutting 

120 

120 

121 

Disease Tolerant 

Good resistance to disease attack 

121 

121 

122 

122 

122 

123 

123 

123 

124 

124 

124 

125 

125 

Low Growth 

Mixtures that reduces mowing frequency 

All Year Round Colour 

Provides good colour over a 12 month 

period 

Fine Leaved 

For areas where a finer grass surface is 

required 

Produces Stronger Roots 

Excellent root anchorage and improved 

nutrient uptake 

Produces Cleaner Cut 

Reduces surface discolouration and 

disease infection 

Rapid Establishment 

Strong growth characteristics offer early 

surface playabliity 

High Shoot Density 

Provides a dense surface that resists 

wear and weed establishment 

115 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Grass Seed Technology 

R25 CRT and R6 CRT 

The perfect blend of Creeping and Tetraploid 

Perennial Ryegrass technology 

Featuring top performing cultivars from the 

latest BSPB Turfgrass Seed and Geves CTPS trials, 

R25 CRT and R6 CRT combine the distinct 

benefits of both creeping AND tetraploid 

perennial ryegrasses together with top 

performing diploids. This leading innovation has 

proven performance both in development 

trials and in the field, providing the fastest 

establishment for renovation, repair and 

recovery of high impact wear and stressed 

playing surfaces. 

THE CULTIVARS 

Stowlawn 

Creeping Perennial Ryegrass 

✱ Fastest possible establishment with prolific shoot 

production at the crown 

Performance Qualities 

✱ Includes top performing cultivars, all listed Turfgrass 

Seed 2016 

✱ Germination and shoot recovery from 5°C 

✱ Fast early establishment and high sward density 

✱ Superior wear tolerance and shoot recovery extends 

seasonal performance 

✱ Stronger, denser root mass 

✱ Exceptional tolerance to drought and turf grass 

diseases 

Columbine 

Perennial Ryegrass 

✱ Number 3 in Table S1 Turfgrass Seed 2016 

✱ Exceptional wear tolerance 

✱ Fast recovery after wear 

Wear Tolerance 8.4 

Recovery 7.6 

Shoot Density 7.6 

Par 3 tee at Cowglen Golf Club 

just 11 days after seeding with R25 CRT 

✱ Superior shoot recovery 

✱ Creeping growth habit, elongated tillers root at the 

nodes over time 

✱ Excellent wear tolerance & persistency, listed Tables S1 

and L1 Turfgrass Seed 2016 

Duparc 

Perennial Ryegrass 

✱ High wear tolerance, number 2 on the Geves Turfgrass 

Sports List 

✱ Scores 8.5 for fast establishment 

✱ Exceptional disease tolerance 

Duparc 

Wear Establishment Recovery Shoot Density 

7.4 N/A 7.3 7.7 

7.7 8.5 N/A 8.3 

Red Thread Microdochium Leaf Spot Rust 

8.5 

7.7 8.0 7.5 8.4 

Geves CTPS Turfgrass Seed 

0800 424919 116

Fabian 

Tetraploid Perennial Ryegrass 

Fabian has double the number of chromosomes in 

comparison to diploid perennial ryegrass, providing 

extraordinary benefits. 

✱ Number 1 in Table S1s Turfgrass Seed 2016 

✱ High energy seed for rapid germination 

✱ Increased chloroplast and chlorophyll for energy 

production 

✱ Proven in wear trials at STRI and under TLS Stadium 

Lights at Top Green Research 

✱ Cool temperature shoot recovery with upright growth 

habit 

✱ Robust re-growth for extended seasonal performance 

✱ Stronger, deeper, denser root system for greater 

stabilisation 

✱ Exceptional stress tolerance; Microdochium Patch, 

Leaf Spot, Rust diseases and drought 

✱ Depth of colour blends well with existing perennial 

ryegrass sward for excellent presentation 

Fabian 

Wear Establishment Recovery Shoot Density 

6.5 N/A 6.7 5.7 

7.4 7.7 N/A 7.8 

Red Thread Microdochium Leaf Spot Rust 

7.4 7.7 8.0 7.9 

Turfgrass Seed 

Geves CTPS 

THE MIXTURES 

R25 CRT 

25% Stolawn Creeping Perennial Ryegrass 

25% Fabian Tetraploid Perennial Ryegrass 

25% Duparc Perennial Ryegrass 

25% Columbine Perennial Ryegrass 

Sowing Rate: 35-40g/sq.m Overseeding Rate: 15-30g/sq.m 

Sowing Depth: 10-15mm Mowing Height: Down to 8mm 

“ 

R25 CRT on my tees this year has been very 

successful, providing rapid establishment and good 

colour. I will be continuing with this seed mix again next 

year 

Andy ” Barber 

Head Greenkeeper 

Royal Winchester Golf Club 

“ 

I sowed R25 CRT grass seed mixture this year. 

Germination and establishment were very quick and it 

has great wear tolerance, with superb colour and a 

fine leaf 

Leslie Cain ” 

Course Manager 

Golf Club Grande Ducal, Luxembourg 

R6 CRT 




20% Turner 1 Slender Creeping Red Fescue 

20% Dumas 1 Hard Fescue 



This ground-breaking mixture of ryegrass technology, 

combined with fine fescues, delivers incredible shade, 

salt, drought and disease tolerance all in one mixture, 

with recovery in cooler conditions 

117 

www.rigbytaylor.com

“ 

Having used Premier-HG fertilizer for a number of 

years on the course I can honestly say the product 

is superb. We apply 12.3.24 at the start of every season 

to our tees, approaches and green surrounds and I find 

it gets us in great shape for the season. It gives fantastic 

colour and also keeps growth at a steady pace rather 

than it having a huge whoosh effect. I would certainly 

recommend Premier-HG to my fellow course managers. 

For the large overseeding program on our fairways and 

semi roughs, we have used the R5 blend and achieved 

great results with thickening up the sward. 

” 

Ben Edwards 


West Hill Golf Club, Surrey 

118

Grass Seed 

R1 

Fescue & Bent 

25% Greensleeves Chewings Fescue 

25% Greenmile Chewings Fescue 

30% Beudin Slender Creeping Red Fescue 

10% Egmont Browntop Bent 

10% Greenspeed Browntop Bent 



R117 100% Fine Red Fescues 


20% Greenmile Chewings Fescue 





R105 100% Browntop Bentgrass Blend 

50% Egmont Browntop Bent 

30% Greenspeed Browntop Bent 

20% Manor Browntop Bent 

Sowing Rate: 8g/sq.m Overseeding Rate: 4g/sq.m 

Sowing Depth: Rootzone Mowing Height: Down to 3mm 

contact 

119 

www.rigbytaylor.com

R116 Fine Rye & Fescue 

30% Antonella Perennial Ryegrass 





R4 

Species Rich Mixture 

20% Mercitwo Perennial Ryegrass 



25% Hastings Strong Creeping Red Fescue 




R5 

100% Fescue Blend 







0800 424919 

120

Pure Fescue 100% Multi-fescue blend 


20% Quatro Sheeps Fescue 






NEW 

3-Way Fescue 100% Red Fescue Blend 

25% Belleaire Chewings Ryegrass 

25% Helena Slender Creeping Red Fescue 

50% Mystic Strong Creeping Red Fescue 



NEW 

R6 CRT 

Tetraploid & Creeping Ryegrass with Hard Fescue 








121 

www.rigbytaylor.com

R8 

Fine Rye & Fescue 

35% Dylan Perennial Ryegrass 





R9 

100% Ultra Fine Rye 

25% Clementine Perennial Ryegrass 


25% Dylan Perennial Ryegrass 




R25 CRT 







0800 424919 

122

R14 

100% Perennial Ryegrass 


25% Poseidon Perennial Ryegrass 

25% Duparc Perennial Ryegrasse 

25% Berlioz 1 Perennial Ryegrass 



R14CR 

Creeping Perennial Ryegrass Blend 



25% Duparc Perennial Ryegrasse 

25% Fiesta 4 Creeping Perennial Ryegrass 



R140 Tetraploid Perennial Ryegrass Blend 

25% Tetrastar Tetraploid Perennial Ryegrass 


25% Columbine Perennial Ryegrasse 




123 

www.rigbytaylor.com

R314 Rye – 100% Cool Growth Ryegrass Blend 

30% Axcella Annual Ryegrass 


35% Tetragreen Tetraploid Perennial Ryegrass 



R11 

100% Perennial Ryegrass 


25% Greenfair Perennial Ryegrass 


25% Greenway Perennial Ryegrass 



NEW 

R13 Rye & Creeping Fescue 


35% Greenway Slender Creeping Red Fescue 




0800 424919 124

R15 

Rye & Smooth-stalked Meadowgrass 



20% Berlioz 1 Perennial Ryegrass 

20% Greenplay Smooth Stalked Meadow Grass 



NEW 

R460 Rhizomatous Tall Fescue & Tetraploid Ryegrass 

25% Grande II Rhizomatous Tall Fescue 

25% Essential Tall Fescue 

25% Tetragreen Tetraploid Perennial Ryegrass 

25% Greenway Perennial Ryegrass 



Quantity guides (approximate) 

No. of 20kg bags sown at: 

Sports Dimension Area 20 gms 25 gms 35 gms 

Facility (metres) (m 2 ) per m 2 per m 2 per m 2 

Soccer 100 x 64 6,400 6.4 8 11.2 

Rugby 100 x 69 6,900 6.9 8.6 12.1 

Hockey 91.4 x 55 5,027 5 6.3 8.8 

Cricket Square 30 x 30 (Average) 900 0.9 1.1 1.5 

Lawn Tennis 23.8 x 11 262 0.3 0.3 0.45 

Bowls 40 x 40 1,600 1.6 2 2.8 

Golf Green Average 500 0.5 0.6 0.9 

Golf Tees Average 350 0.4 0.4 0.6 

1 hectare 10,000 10 12.5 17.5 

125 

Conversion chart 

All sowing rates in this catalogue are 

expressed in grams per square metre. 

The following table can be used to 

convert these rates to units suited to 

larger areas or to imperial 

measurements. 

Grams/m 2 8 15 25 35 50 

Kg/100m 2 0.8 1.2 2.5 3.5 5 

Kg/hectares 80 150 250 350 500 

Kg/acre 30 60 100 140 200 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Golf, Sports & Amenity Turf Range 

Quality and consistency are the 

hallmarks of Rigby Taylor turf 

The quality of our turf benefits from the use of high quality cultivars 

selected for their highest purity. 

Greens Turf 

Available either grown on 100% sand to USGA 

specification or on an indigenous sandy loam 

topsoil. The seed mixture used is 50% browntop 

bent and 50% fescue, giving a predominately 

bent sward at maturity. 

50% Browntop bent 

25% Slender creeping red fescue 

25% Chewings fescue 

Mowing height for greens: 3-5mm. 

100% Fescue Turf 

Blends of slender and Chewings fescue plus 

slender, Chewings and hard fescue are 

available for all areas of the golf course. 



20% Hard Fescue 

Rye Greens & Tees Turf 

Comprises ultra-fine ryegrass and red fescues for 

a fine, dense, hard-wearing sward. 

40% Dwarf amenity ryegrass 


20% Chewings Fescue 

Mowing height for tees: 10-12mm. 

Fairway Turf 

This hard wearing grade of turf is available as 

ryegrass and red fescues or ryegrass, red fescue 

and smooth-stalked meadowgrass 


20% Smoothstalked meadowgrass 



Mowing height for fairways: 18-30mm. 

Heavy Traffic Turf 

A drought and salt tolerant turf with a rooting 

depth capability of 1.5m and a good degree of 

wear tolerance. 

85% Tall fescue 


Mowing height for pathways: 25-40mm 

Winter Sport Turf 

A mix of extremely hard wearing sports perennial 

ryegrasses and smooth-stalked meadowgrass, all 

highly rated for wear tolerance in Turf Grass Seed 


30% Smooth stalked meadowgrass 

Preparation & Aftercare 

Pre-preparation of the soil surface prior to 

laying turf is vital. For best results lay the turf 

on the day of delivery. Once the turf has 

been laid, make sure that it is kept damp 

(without overwatering) until the roots have 

anchored it firmly to the soil. You can start 

mowing the turf as soon as the surface feels 

firm enough to walk on. 

An application of Activate R, containing 

Enhanced Root Developer (ERD) will assist the 

rooting establishment process. With our 

Greens turf on USGA rootzone, it’s advisable 

to apply a fungicide, as insurance, soon after 

laying. Although the turf will have had 

prophylactic fungicide treatments during 

production, the stress of lifting and transport 

can make the turf more susceptible to 

Fusarium. 

Following the laying, take the cutting height 

down slowly over the following weeks, never 

cutting off more than a third of the leaf at 

any one time. 

A professional laying service for big rolls is 

available when required. Laying is 

undertaken using bespoke equipment. 

Where time is short, 10,000 sq.m can be laid 

in 24 hours. Ask your Rigby Taylor 

representative for more details. 

Sizes & Weights 

Rigby Taylor turf is supplied in three formats 

depending on requirements. 

Type Width Area Weight 

Big Roll 600mm 15 sq.m 500 kg 

Big Roll 1200mm 25 sq.m 800 kg 

Small Roll 600mm 1 sq.m 15 kg 

Distribution 

Rigby Taylor operate from three 

strategically placed branches 

throughout mainland UK. Delivery is 

undertaken nationwide and the turf can 

be supplied in both small and big-roll 

format. A tailored delivery service offers 

the flexibility of Moffet, Hiab or tail-lift 

offloads. 

0800 424919 

126

An internationally acclaimed ground 

such as ours requires a surface to 

match. We use R9 seed with great success 

when renovating our cricket square as 

consistent germination and rapid speed of 

establishment is achieved. A strong rooting 

system is also developed resulting in 

excellent sward density. This is further 

enhanced through treatments of Rigby 

Taylor seaweed products. R9 is also used 

on the outfields for reinstatement as we 

achieve excellent early establishment, 

superb colour and fast recovery following 

a season's intensive use. 

“ 

” 

Gary Barwell 

Head Groundsman, 

Warwickshire County Cricket Club, 

Edgbaston 

127

Selected flower mixtures 

Urban Flowers 

New solutions for ornamental flower displays 

Euroflor flowers support bio-diversity and enhance the 

landscape, providing pollen, nectar, colour and interest 

for a multitude of amenity areas, including golf courses, 

public parks, roadside verges and roundabouts, 

riverbanks and reclamation land. 

Selected mixtures can be spring or autumn sown and 

include annual, biennial and perennial species of native, 

naturalized and garden cultivars in varying proportions. 

This provides the opportunity to create spectacular 

flower meadows, borders and displays that are not only 

attractive to the eye but provide essential food and 

habitat for many species of insects, birds and mammals. 

ºA diverse range of flower seed mixes has been created 

following numerous trials conducted under a range of UK 

conditions to ensure suitability to various soil types and 

climates, with three new mixtures complimenting the 

range for 2016. Unlike wildflower seeds, all Euroflor flower 

seed is germination tested for reliability. 

The Euroflor benefits 

✿ Low installation and maintenance costs 

✿ Long lasting flower displays 

✿ High visual impact 

✿ Supports bio-diversity 

✿ An invaluable source of nectar and pollen 

✿ Germination tested 

Key Mixtures for Golf Courses 

Honey 

Flora Brittanica 

Invaluable source of nectar & pollen 

Contains 100% native and 

naturalized UK species for a more 

natural aesthetic around the course 

Rainbow Annuals For high impact flower displays 

around clubhouses 

Ground Cover Low growing, perfect alongside 

driveways 

Sarah Bouquet Maximum diversity while avoiding 

dominance of bright colours 

Souvenir 

100% commemorative poppies 

Sarah Bouquet 

Flora Britannica 

0800 424919 128

"Our lady captain requested that in 

2014 the course should feature a 

commemoration to the war victims of 

WW1. With advice from Rigby Taylor, 

we sowed an area around the 14th 

green with a EuroFlor Poppy mix, which provided a stunning 

backdrop to the hole. 

“The reaction from the membership and visiting golfers was 

amazing and virtually every visitor who played at Letchworth GC 

requested information on where we sourced the Urban flower 

mixes. 

“The whole area was a haven for wildlife, including bees and 

butterflies and we are delighted with the whole project. We intend 

to continue this feature and will be sowing again in future years." 

Matthew Towler 


Letchworth Golf Club 

meadow-makers 

“During 2015, in conjunction with a tee renovation, it was 

necessary to change the course of a stream and because the 

banks were bare we decided to sow some Euroflor urban 

meadow flower seed in order to give some visual aesthetics to the 

hole. 

The flower seed mixtures used were Ground Cover and Honey, 

which encouraged visits by bees resulting in the production of 

some fantastic honey! The club membership was completely 

taken by the flower display and received many accolades 

through the season from visitors and garden enthusiasts. 

We had colour all the way into the latter part of October right up 

to the first frosts.” 

Scott Gibson 


St. Enodoc Golf Club, Cornwall 

Trials at Trethorne in Cornwall demonstrate the true ‘wow’ 

factor of the new Euroflor urban meadow seed mixtures 

offering a long flowering period and low maintenance 

requirements. 

Overseeing the trials was professional gardener Sarah Austin 

who stated “After the initial seed bed preparation and sowing, 

the maintenance requirements of the environmental flower 

mixtures are very low”. 

The mixtures were quick to germinate taking just 11 days and 

were flowering after only 6 weeks and carried on flowering into 

the winter. 

“They generated a huge amount of interest, with enquiries 

coming from international companies at our club”. 

Trethorne Golf Club 

Launceston 

Cornwall 

A comprehensive EuroFlor Urban Flower Seeds brochure is 

available. For a free copy, contact your area representative 

or call Freephone 0800 424 919 

129 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Discovery Boxes 

Give Nature a helping hand while discovering your favourite colours and textures 

Rigby Taylor has created two Discovery Boxes containing the essential collection of flower seed 

mixtures for autumn or spring sowing. Each box contains individual pack mixtures for comparing the 

colours and growth habits of the Euroflor range 

Perfect for eye-catching displays on golf course, in schools, estates and parkland landscapes. 

Successional seeding of autumn and spring Discovery Box collections provides a valuable, long 

season food source for pollinators. 

Two boxes are available, one for Spring sowing (March-June) the other for Autumn sowing 

(September-October). Each 50g (100g*) flower mixture pack covers approximately 10-15m 2’. 

Inside the Spring Discovery Box 

Ten flower mixtures: Honey, Sarah Bouquet, Tenor, 

Rainbow Annuals, White Bouquet, Ground Cover, 

Classic, Hope, Meadow Breeze, Dry. 

✿ Provides a longer flowering period from early/midsummer 

through to the first frosts 

✿ First flowers appear approximately 50-55 days after 

sowing 

✿ An extensive range of colours, textures and growth 

habits 

Inside the Autumn Discovery Box 

Five flower mixtures: Spring Flower, Flora Britannica, 

Souvenir, Alliance, Reviva*. 

✿ Includes hardy annuals and perennials capable of sur - 

viving over winter and producing early spring flowers 

✿ Provides essential early season food source and 

habitat for pollinators and insects 

✿ Under-plant prior to sowing with a selection of Flora 

Native spring flowering bulbs, ....snowdrops, bluebells 

and wild daffodils 

Euroflor sustains insect 

populations 

Pollinating insects play an essential 

role at peak flowering times on 

seasonal fruit and vegetable crops. Euroflor 

mixtures benefit the pollinators by ensuring they 

have access to a regular and stable nectar 

source between crop flowering cycles, sustaining 

the population. Selected mixtures in the range 

contain species recommended under the RHS 

“Perfect for Pollinators” scheme. 

0800 424919 130

Flora Native wildflower range 

Rigby Taylor is well established as the leading supplier 

of products and services to the UK amenity and 

landscape sector. The company’s reputation in 

supplying quality products through efficient distribution 

is backed by sound technical advice and diligent 

customer service. 

There is a next day delivery to UK mainland for 

wildflower mixtures ordered before 12pm. 

Environmental Policy 

Rigby Taylor is totally committed to safeguarding the 

environment in which it operates. It not only 

endeavours to meet all legislative requirements for the 

industry it serves but is also very proactive via its own 

initiatives to minimising their carbon footprint. 

The Company is a Partner in the Government Funded 

Organisation WRAP (Waste Resource Action 

Programme). 

Quality Statement 

Wildflower seeds, wild grass seeds and certain other 

environmental crops are not subject to certification. 

Quality assurance procedures ensure our native 

wildflower seed is supplied from known UK provenance. 

Introducing a diverse and comprehensive range of native UK 

provenance wildflower mixtures to create, restore, and enhance 

distinct habitats and landscapes. Specialist grasses complete the 

collection. 

✿ All wild flora are of native or naturalised origin ensuring quality, 

reliability and performance 

✿ Designed embracing environmental landscape architect 

specifications 

✿ Available in mixtures of 100% wildflowers, wildflowers with 

grasses and 100% specialist habitat grasses 

✿ Features flowering species found in the RHS “Perfect for 

Pollinators” list 

✿ Selected species seasonally available as plug plants, bulbs and 

wildflower turf 

✿ Diverse ecological habitat mixtures from acidic to alkaline, 

coastal to clay, wetland to woodland 

✿ Reclamation, SuDs drainage schemes, solar farms, green roofs, 

road and rail, golf courses, country estates….. 

✿ Bespoke habitat mixtures are periodically necessary and 

available on request 

✿ Pack size: 1kg, 5kg & 10kg (smaller packs available on request) 

Only a small selection of mixtures are detailed in this brochure 

but many more are available 

A more comprehensive and illustrative 

brochure is available. Contact your 

area Rigby Taylor Ltd representative or 

Freephone on 0800 424 919 for a copy 

131 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Flora Native 

Wildflowers 20/80 

✿ Traditonal mixtures containing 20% 

wildflowers and 80% grasses 

✿ Mixes for a diverse range of 

ecological habitats 

✿ Restore, create and enhance the 

landscape 

Nectar & Pollen 

Contains 23 native wildflower species plus 

Borage, Sainfoin and Dwarf Sunflower to 

encourage a wide range of pollinating 

insects and wildlife. 

Available as 100% wildflowers or as a 

20/80 wildflowers and grass mixture. 

Carefully formulated to include 20 

species from the Royal Horticultural 

Society ‘Perfect for Pollinators’ list. 

Sowing Rate: 100% @ 3g/m² 

or 20/80 @ 5g/m² 


Flora Native 

100% Specialist 

Grass Mixtures 

These mixtures are particularly valuable in 

the following situations: 

✿ Companion sowing for 100% wildflower 

mixtures 

✿ Specific soil types and environmental 

influences 

✿ Habitat restoration 

✿ Soil stabilisation 

RT2E 

Heathland/Acidic 

A selection of grasses, which thrive in 

lower pH soils and includes fragrant and 

native heathland/moorland species such 

as Sweet Vernal Grass and Wavy 

Hairgrass. 

Sowing Rate: 5g/m 2 


RT2F 

Chalk & Limestone 

These grasses thrive in thin, infertile soils 

including quaking grass, crested hairgrass 

and sheep’s fescue. 



RT2C 

Wet Soils 

A high diversity of grasses and sedges 

adapted to wet soil conditions. Provides 

benefits described within the Sustainable 

Use Directive (SuDs) drainage schemes 

for capturing and reducing run-off and 

leaching of nutrients and pesticides into 

water courses. 


RT Order Code: 0324023/ 

RT2H 

Coastal/Salt Tolerant 

Grasses which thrive in coastal habitats 

and salt laden winds, including Tall 

Fescue, Hard Fescue, Crested Hairgrass 

and Perennial Ryegrass. 



RT2J 

Woodland Grasses 

A mixture of 9 native woodland grasses 

including Wood Meadowgrass, Tufted 

Hairgrass and Hard Fescue, all of which 

require or tolerate degrees of moderate 

to heavy shade. Adaptable to both wet 

and dry shade. 



Summer Flower, Winter Food 

Contains 15 native species and 5 nonnative 

species 

Available as 100% wildflowers or as a 

20/80 wildflowers and grass mixture. This 

mixture contains species to attract 

butterflies, bees and other insects during 

the summer and produces seeds/grains 

for wild birds to feed on during the winter 

months. 

Sowing Rate: 100% @ 3g/m² or 20/80 @ 5g/m² 


The range is too numerous to 

include in this brochure but is 

featured and described in the 

FloraNative brochure 

Wildflower Turf 

Supplied as a fully established mat of wildflower plants, 

it is simply rolled out onto a prepared bed of soil or 

suitable rooting substrate. Wildflower turf reduces the 

problem of weed ingression and assists with 

stabilization. It is ideal for use in municipal parks, green 

roofs, SuDs drainage schemes, reclamation areas, 

country estates and gardens. 

✿ Highly attractive to wildlife 

✿ Encourages biodiversity by providing important 

habitats for a range of pollinators and other insects. 

✿ Mixtures of perennials and annuals create a 

stunning and long lasting visual effect. 

✿ Bespoke wildflower turf can be produced within 

12 weeks, depending on growing season 

0800 424919 

132

Flora Native Habitat 

Shrub Seed 

Ideal shrubs for establishment in dry 

sandy soil. Perfect for heathland, 

moorland and golf courses 

✿ Gorse Seed (Ulex europeaus) – 

Supplied in1kg packs 

✿ Heather Seed (Calluna vulgaris) – 

Supplied in 500g & 1kg packs 

Flora Native Bulbs 

Rigby Taylor also supply a range of 

bulbs and also plug plants. 

Wildflower Maintenance 

Spring 

As grasses start to grow before the wildflowers, a spring cut in April down to 

7.5cm will reduce competition from the grasses. Remove all grass cuttings to 

avoid adding fertility back to the soil. 

If any unwanted weed species emerge these will need removing either by 

hand or by carefully spot treating with a herbicide. Weeds are more likely to 

show in the first year after sowing. 

Autumn 

Towards the end of the summer (August to September) most flowers will begin 

to die back and this is the time to make a ‘hay cut’. The area will want cutting 

down to around 7.5cm with the cuttings being left to dry on the surface for up 

to a week, this will allow the cut flowers to shed their seed. The cuttings can 

then be raked up and removed. 

If there are annuals present it is important that their seed is returned to the soil 

to allow them to regenerate again the following spring. To achieve this, the 

area will need vigorously raking or, for larger areas, harrowing. This will break 

the surface and allow the annual seed to make contact with the soil. 

133 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Linemarking 

Grass surface line marking paint 


Product Surface Application Method Water/Paint Ratio 

Grass Hard Synthetic Sprayer Transfer Brush Initial Mark Overmark 

Wheel or Roller 

READY-TO-USE 

Impact HD ✓ ✗ ✗ iGO, Glider, Armaline ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ 

Impact XP ✓ ✗ ✗ iGO, Glider, Armaline ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ 

Impact ✓ ✗ ✓ ‡ iGO, Glider, Armaline ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ 

Impact PS ✓ ✗ ✗ iGO Mini ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ 

Impact Hard Surface ✗ ✓ ✗ iGO, iGO Mini, Glider ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ 

Duraline Stadium ✓ ✗ ✗ Transfer wheel only ✓ ✗ ✗ † ✗ † 

Preline ✓ ✗ ✗ Transfer wheel only ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ 

Duraline Complete ✓ ✗ ✗ Transfer wheel only ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗ 

Duarline Synthetic ✗ ✗ ✓ iGO, Glider ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ 

Duraline Hard Surface ✗ ✓ ✗ iGO, iGO Mini ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗ 

DILUTABLES 

Duraline Dazzle ✓ ✗ ✗ iGO, Glider ✓ ✗ 5:1 Up to 15:1 

Duraline Supreme ✓ ✗ ✗ iGO, Glider, Armaline ✓ ✗ 5:1 Up to 12:1 

Duraline Superline Xtra ✓ ✗ ✗ iGO, Glider ✓ ✗ 4:1 Up to 10:1 

Duraline Concentrate ✓ ✗ ✗ iGO, Glider ✓ ✗ 3:1 Up to 7:1 

Duraline Standard ✓ ✗ ✗ iGO, Glider ✓ ✗ 2:1 Up to 4:1 

COLOURANTS 

Duraline Colourants ✓* ✓* ✓* N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 

AEROSOLS 

Duraline Aerosols ✓ ✓ ✓ Sharpliner, 2 wheel and hand-held markers N/A N/A 

CLEANER 

Flush-Thru N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 

POWDERS 

Snowcal 10 dry line ✓ ✗ ✗ Dry Line Marker only ✗ ✗ ✓ ✓ 

Snowcal 20 wet line ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✓ ✓ 

Snowcal 40/80 wet/dry ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✓ ✓ 

Superb range of marking paints specially formulated for 

application to natural grass surfaces. Applied either as a spray or 

through a transfer wheel marker, we have ready-to-use (RTU) 

paints that can be applied without any added water or dilutable 

concentrates that are mixed with water to achieve the quality of 

line required to suit you, your budget and the surface you 

manage. In addition to white, our paints are available in a range 

of pre-mixed colour options. 

A unique addition to the range is Preline, a MAPP approved initial 

line marking paint that suppresses grass growth, extending line 

markings for up to 12 weeks. 

* When mixed with white paint ‡ For temporary marking of multi-use synthetic sports surfaces 

0800 424919 134 

Hard Surface Line marking paint 

Through advances in paint formulation technology, we offer hard 

surface ready-to-use (RTU) formulations that apply lines through a 

spray marking machine onto a wide range of hard surfaces 

including; asphalt, concrete, tarmac, all-weather hard courts and 

more. Available also in a range of colours. 

Synthetic grass surface line marking paint 

Our long lasting, ready-to-use synthetic grass line marking paint has 

been developed for marking sand filled, sand dressed, rubber 

crumb and water based synthetic surfaces. Applied through a spray 

marker the paint is available in white and a wide range of vibrant 

colours, including red, yellow, blue, orange, green and black.

Colour Options Pack Size Page 

Number 

10 litres 138, 139 

10 litres, 2 x 5 litre Eco-bags 139 

10 litres 139 

5 litres 139 

5 litres 139 

10 litres 140 

10 litres 140, 145 

10 litres 140 

10 litres 141 

10 litres 141 

10 litres 140 

10 litres 141 

10 litres 141 

10 litres 140 

10 litres 140 

1 litre 141 

750ml 140 

N/A 

10 litres 141 

25kg 141 

25kg 141 

25kg 141 

† Can be diluted 50/50 but requires longer drying period 

Aerosols 

A range of ozone friendly, highly concentrated paint 

formulations contained in 750 ml cans and expelled 

under pressure through a nozzle as an atomized spray. 

Quick to use but expensive if marking a large areas. 

Available in many colour options. A range of aerosol 

application equipment is available. 

Paint Colourants 

A range of concentrated colourants in 1 litre packs that 

provide the flexibility of colouring dilutable paint 

concentrates to a colour or shade required. Excellent for 

use with stencils when marking team or company logos 

on turf. 

Flush-Thru 

A powerful, environmentally friendly biodegradable 

cleaner for spray and transfer wheel machines. Use to 

clean both inside and outside the machine, washthrough 

pipes and for soaking overnight spray nozzles. 

135 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Line Marking Paints 

The Impact Paint System. 

Paint and machine in perfect partnership. 

WHY Impact Paints 

❚ Ready to use 

No measuring, no mixing, no mess 

❚ Time saving 

Fast start, fewer stops, quick finish 

❚ Cost saving 

Paint use from as little as 1.1 litre per pitch 

❚ Highly visual 

Optical brighteners give bright white lines 

❚ Long lasting 

Highly rain resistant, lines last longer 

❚ Flexibility 

For grass, hard surface and synthetics* 

❚ Environmental 

NO water, less waste 

The introduction of the Impact Integrated Paint 

Technology System has revolutionized sports pitch 

line marking. Never before has there been a 

more intensive programme of research and 

development with one overriding aim…. 

“To produce the perfect line-marking 

partnership of paint and machine” 

Integrating paint formulation expertise, with 

advanced application equipment and spray 

atomization technology, has created a pitch line 

marking system that delivers the ultimate in line 

marking performance. 

*Temporary lines only on synthetic surfaces, great for multi-use synthetic pitches. For more 

permanent, longer lasting markings, Duraline Synthetic paint is highly recommended 

The Impact system requires NO added water. Just 

connect the paint container to the spray 

machine delivery system and it’s ready to use. 

There’s no measuring, no mixing, no pouring and 

no waste. Accurate application rates are 

achieved through the use of specially 

engineered nozzles, consistently delivering the 

right quantity and quality of line time after time. 

The Impact system is so versatile it can be used 

with any spray line marking machine following a 

small conversion. 

0800 424919 136

The Paint 

Adopting unique chemistry and the most 

advanced formulation techniques, Impact will 

provide the brightest, whitest lines with light 

reflecting qualities superior to snow! And, Impact 

colours are vibrant and long lasting, yet so easy to 

apply. 

multiple pitches, is quick and trouble free. Just one 

10 litre drum of paint can over-mark up to 9 

standard sized football pitches using a gold cone 

nozzle in one operation. All these pitches can be 

marked without the inconvenience of frequent 

returns to a base for re-fills and the down time of 

further mixing, pouring and return trips. 

The paint has superior drying qualities and under 

dry conditions in moderate temperatures above 

5°C will become rainfast in as little as 20 minutes. 

Applying Impact paint using, either an iGO, Glider 

or Armaline spray marking machine to mark 

Independent, cost assessment studies carried 

out by Doncaster Metropolitan Borough 

Council showed that by switching their line 

marking practices from dilutable concentrates 

to the ready to use Impact system, they were 

able to save 

many thousands 

of pounds of tax 

payers money, 

including a 

significant saving 

in water consumption which is also positive for 

the environment. 

The full case study is available in pdf or printed 

format from Rigby Taylor on request. 

Carrying 3 x 5 litre Eco-Bags, 13 pitches 

could be over-marked, or using 2 x 10 litre 

drums up to 18 pitches can be overmarked, 

without returning to base or 

carrying a heavy tank of dilutable paint 

and water which can cause compaction 

on wet, winter pitches. 

18 

PITCHES 

137 www.rigbytaylor.com

Now there is Impact HD 

Introducing the advanced, next generation formulation of 

the award-winning and market-leading Impact paint system. 

Outstanding in its class, Impact HD delivers 

unbeatable, ultra-bright, long lasting lines from 

as little as 1.1 litre per standard sized football 

pitch. The ready to use High Definition 

formulation provides supreme, consistent 

coverage through spray line marking machines 

such as the Impact System iGo Advance, Glider 

or Armaline and is available in 10 litre drums. 

✲ Next generation Impact line marking paint 

✲ Unbeatable, ultra-bright, crisp white lines 

✲ Ready-to-use formulation for consistent 

coverage 

✲ NO added water or mixing required 

✲ Long-lasting – surface dry in just 20 minutes* 

✲ Available in white only 

✲ Applied using a red or green cone nozzle 

Under dry conditions minimum 5°C 

0800 424919 138

The Packaging 

Impact paint is supplied in 10 and 5 litre drums, and for XP 

formulations 5 litre Eco-bags. 

THE RANGE 

Because Impact paint is ready to use, there is no 

requirement for the operator to have any direct contact 

with the paint. Unlike dilutable concentrates that require 

dilution with water, with Impact there is no contact from 

splashes onto skin or clothing. All the operator has to do is 

open the container cap, insert the paint flow-probe and 

screw the cap back on….it’s that simple! 

Pack size: 

Area of use: 

Application: 

Dilution: 

Impact HD 

❚ Next generation Impact paint 

❚ Unbeatable, ultra-bright lines 

❚ Extra long lasting 

10 litre drum 

Grass 

iGO, Glider, Armaline 

Not required. Ready-to-use 

Pack size: 

Area of use: 

Application: 

Dilution: 

Impact XP 

❚ Optical brighteners 

❚ Superior adhesion, long lasting 

❚ More pitches, less paint 

2 x 5 litre Eco-bag, 10 litre drum 

Grass 



Storage and disposal of multiple paint containers, 

particularly when a large number of pitches are regularly 

over-marked can be expensive. The specially designed 

Eco-Bags for XP Impact paint are manufactured from high 

gauge plastic with easy-carry handles. 

Disposal of the Eco-Bags is very simple. Once the paint has 

been used, the bag can be simply rolled up and placed in 

a normal household waste container. 

The Spray Nozzles 

Considerable research has been undertaken on matching 

paint formulation characteristics with spray nozzle flow rates 

and droplet atomization. 

Impact paint formulations have been 

specially matched to specific nozzles so 

that spray application timing and flow 

rate of paint to the target surface can 

be accurately measured. 

On page 146, a chart shows the time, 

pressure and flow rate of nozzles 

recommended for applying specific 

amounts of Impact and Duraline 

marking paints to achieve the desired quality of line when 

over-marking a standard sized football pitch. 

Pack size: 

Area of use: 

Application: 

Dilution: 

Pack size: 

Area of use: 

Application: 

Dilution: 

Pack size: 

Area of use: 

Application: 

Dilution: 

Impact 

❚ Highly Concentrated 

❚ Long lasting, bright lines 

❚ Colour options available 

10 litre drum 

Grass 



Impact PS 

❚ Exclusively for iGo Mini 

❚ Added optical brighteners 

❚ Excellent rain resistance 

5 litre drum 

Grass 

iGO Mini 


Impact Hard Surface 

❚ Special binders and stickers 

❚ Acrylic based formulation 

❚ Range of non-grassed surfaces 

5 litre drum 

Tarmac, concrete 

iGO, Glider, iGO Mini 


Colour options available for these paints 

139 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Line Marking Paints 

The market-leading range of line marking products 

Traditional ready to use and dilutable concentrate paints for spray and 

transfer wheel line marking 

Ready-to-use paints 

Pack size: 

Area of use: 

Duraline Stadium 

❚ Very fast drying 

❚ Doesn't re-wet 

❚ No transference 

10 litres 

Grass 

Application: Apply undiluted by 

transfer wheel machine 

Dilution: Not required 

SEE 

PAGE 

Preline 145 

❚ Initial line marking paint 

❚ MAPP approval 

❚ Lasts up to 12 weeks 

10 litres 

Grass 

Apply undiluted by 


Not required 

Duraline Complete 

❚ High viscosity paint 

❚ Bright white lines 

❚ No mixing, no mess 

10 litres 

Grass 

Apply undiluted by 


Not required 

Dilutable paints 

Duraline Dazzle 

❚ Very high dilution rates 

❚ Ultra-bright long lasting lines 

❚ High quality pigments & binders 


Area of use: Grass 

Application: Spray or transfer wheel 

marking machine 

Dilution: Initial Marking: 

5:1 ratio water to paint 

Overmarking: 


Duraline Standard 

❚ Anti-clogging additive 

❚ Excellent for initial marking 

❚ Crisp, bright lines 

10 litres 

Grass 

Spray or transfer wheel 


Initial Marking: 


Overmarking: 


Duraline Concentrate 

❚ High pigment 

❚ Excellent water resistance 


10 litres 

Grass 





Overmarking: 


Aerosol paints 

Pack size: 

Application: 

Area of use: 

Duraline Aerosols 

❚ Environmentally friendly, xylene and CFC-free aerosols 

❚ Highly pigmented 

❚ Minimum overspray/waste 

750ml 

Hand-held or through aerosol line marking machines 

Range of surfaces including grass 

Colour options available for these paints 

Golf Cup Marker 

❚ Unique design 

❚ Applies aerosol paint around the 

perimeter of the holes 

❚ Simple and effective 

0800 424919 140

Duraline Hard Surface 

❚ Acrylic formulation 

❚ Durable and long lasting 



Area of use: Tarmac, concrete and all-weather 

hard court 

Application: Apply by spray or brush/roller 

NEW 

PRODUCT 

Duraline Synthetic Grass 

❚ Acrylic based for synthetic surfaces 

❚ Anti-scuff formulation 

❚ Radiant, long lasting colour options 

10 litres 

Synthetic Grass 

Apply by spray or brush/roller 

Dilution: 

Not required 

Not required 

Duraline Superline Xtra 

❚ Hyper-dispersant for easy mixing 

❚ Very high pigment 

❚ Longer lasting, durable lines 


Area of use: Grass 

Application: Spray or transfer wheel 


Dilution: Initial Marking: 


Overmarking: 


Duraline Supreme 

❚ Outstanding whiteness 

❚ Long-lasting white lines 

❚ Can be diluted 50/50 

10 litres 

Grass 





Overmarking: 


Powders 

Pack size: 

Application: 

Area of use: 

Low cost, high-white, free flowing, 

easily applied powders. Ideal to use 

during the wet winter months. Just 

44 kgs to mark a full size football 

pitch with an 8cm wide line. 

25kg 

Transfer wheel 

marking machines 

Grass 

Snowcal 10 

Snowcal 20/WD 

❚ Snowcal 10 is for a dry line 

❚ Snowcal 20/WD for a wet 

or dry line 

Snowcal 40/80 

❚ Can be applied wet or dry 

Cleaner 

Duraline FlushThru 

❚ Liquid cleaner for all types of marking machines 

❚ Keep nozzles and pipes clear 

❚ Keep roller wheels rolling 

Pack size: 

10 litres 

Paint Colourants 

A range of concentrated colours available in 1 litre packs 

141 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Line Marking Applicators 

The Rigby Taylor line marking machine range offers equipment 

options for spray, transfer wheel and aerosol paint application. 

The iGO, iGO Mini, Glider and Armaline spray markers are 

state of the art machines featuring specially engineered 

nozzles to match the atomization characteristics of the 

different Impact paint range formulations. 

Paint application through a spray marker can be made on all surfaces. Unlike transfer wheel markers that ‘roll’ the paint onto 

the surface and, where grass is not present, pick-up soil on the wheel and achieve inconsistent markings, spray markers do 

not touch the target surface and will mark a visible line whatever the surface conditions. 

The integration of paint formulation with nozzle design and performance is a major advance in line marking application and 

offers the operator a range of application rates determined by nozzle flow. 

iGO Advance 

The perfect partner for 

Impact system ready-touse 

paints 

Consistent application enables 

accurate costing per pitch 

High pressure, pump delivery system 

Effortless to operate 

Finger tip on/off solenoid valve and ski 

for precision 

Handle located, disc lift mechanism for 

ease of operation 

Pre-drilled spacer holes for easy and 

quick line width changes 

Pneumatic tyres and non-corrosion 

chassis 

Long-life battery, LED charge indicator 

and battery life indicator 

Perfectly balanced for ease of 

movement on different surfaces 

Use with either 10 litre drums or 5 litre 

Eco-Bags 

Optional 18 litre paint pod for applying 

dilutable concentrates also available 

0800 424919 

Glider 

The robust spray marker for 

Impact ready-to-use paints 

Can carry 2 x 10 litre packs of Impact 

paint 

Delivers consistent, efficient, effective 

marking of multiple pitches 

Perfectly balanced for ease of 

movement over a range of surfaces 

Adjustable handles to suit operator 

preferences 

Powerful, high-pressure pump for 

consistent paint flow 

Long-life, removable battery, charger 

LED, charge indicator and battery life 

indicator 

Pneumatic tyres and galvanised chassis 

142 

iGO Mini 

The compact partner for 

Impact PS ready-to-use paint 

Used with exclusive ‘Plug & Spray’ 5 litre 

packs 

Effortless to operate 

Lightweight and easily folded for 

transport/storage 

Finger tip on/off, no drip solenoid valve 

controls 

High-pressure pump for consistent paint 

flow 

Long-life, removable battery 

Pneumatic tyres and non-corrosion 

chassis

NEW! 

Ride-On Line Marking System 

Especially developed for use with the Impact line marking paint system, 

Armaline is THE operational cost-saving solution for multiple pitch markings 

and available for use on a wide range of utility vehicles. 

The Armaline Ride-On delivers fast, efficient and accurate line marking to multiple 

pitches, optimising the benefits of bright white, long lasting Impact paints. 

The Features 

✱ Fast-fix, clamp fitting – Universal fitting to a 

taskforce of utility vehicles 

✱ Flexible fitting as a temporary attachment or 

permanently fixed if required 

✱ Locking, retractable arm for ease of operation 

and transportation 

✱ 3 & 4 inch interchangeable line width options 

✱ 12v diaphragm pump for consistent paint 

output 

✱ Easily removed 20 amp battery for charging on 

or off the vehicle 

✱ Ergonomic ‘Ski’ design for sliding over rough 

terrain 

✱ Solenoid spray head valve ensures instant cut 

off of paint 

✱ Simple two way valve wash option for cleaning 

nozzles between sites 

The 

Armaline 

Kit 

The Benefits 

✱ Efficient and effective over-marking of multiple 

pitches 

✱ Marks out a standard sized football pitch in 

under 10 minutes 

✱ Impact paint ensures no downtime wasted 

measuring and mixing 

✱ Marks up to 10 pitches with just a single 10 litre 

drum of Impact paint 

✱ Time saved as there is not wasted time returning 

to base for re-filling 

✱ No heavy water tank that can cause 

compaction of winter pitch surfaces 

One pitch marked in 

6.9 minutes, using less than 

1 litre of Impact paint 

Manchester City Council (MCC) decided to compare its 

current Ride-On machine and paint use with the Armaline and 

Impact paint system. Using an experienced operator, the MCC 

trial concluded that significant savings, combined with superior 

line quality, could be achieved by switching its pitch line 

marking operation to the Armaline/Impact paint partnership. 

143 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Transfer Wheel Markers 

Aerosol Markers 

A choice of Transfer Wheel markers are available, ranging from heavy 

duty, Premiership use quality to budget, grass roots options. To 

maintain the required performance, it is essential that the machines 

are thoroughly cleaned after every use. 

Dimple 

❚ Interchangeable 5 and 8 cm marking 

wheels 

❚ Available also as a 10 cm model. 

❚ Choice of standard rubber Pneumatictyre 

wheels 

❚ Tank capacity of 16 litres 

❚ Marks out approx. 2 football pitches with 

one filling 

Sharpliner 

❚ 4-wheel applicator for line 

accuracy 

❚ Holds 3 aerosols 

❚ Finger tip on/off control 

❚ Allows for easy adjustable 

spray widths 

Prince 

❚ Light and inexpensive it incorporates the 

“Rollamark” inter-leaved transfer wheel 

for improved performance. 

❚ Tank capacity of 18 litres 

❚ Interchangeable 5 or 8 cm marking 

wheel. 

❚ Available with a 10 cm marking wheel 

❚ Both models have the option of 

pneumatic-tyre wheels 

Linesman 

❚ Light, inexpensive, ideal for use on smaller 

grounds and tennis grass courts 

❚ Interchangeable 5 and 8 cm marking 

wheels 

❚ Choice of tank capacity 9 and 14 litres 

❚ Available with a 10 cm marking wheel on 

the 3 gallon model. 

❚ Pneumatic-tyre wheels are optional on 

each machine 

Rollaline 

❚ Sturdy, rustproof tank 

❚ 18 litre paint capacity 

❚ Drain plug 

❚ Pneumatic tyres 

❚ Easy to clean and simple 

maintenance 

❚ Perfect for use with Preline initial 

marking paint’ 

Two Wheeled 

Aerosol Applicator 

❚ Holds a 750 ml aerosol can 

❚ Ideal for GUR and out of bounds 

markings 

❚ Easy to clean and maintain 

Hand Held 

Applicator 

❚ Holds a 750 ml aerosol can 

❚ Allows more accurate 

application 

❚ Reduces operator contact with 

paint 

Golf Cup Marker 

❚ Unique design 

❚ Applies aerosol paint around the 

perimeter of the holes 

❚ Simple and effective 

0800 424919 144

Preline 

A ready-to-use, specially formulated 

brilliant white marking paint 

containing glyphosate for suppressing 

grass growth and creating 

semi-permanent lines that will last for 

up to 12 weeks. 

Preline...the proof 

Week 1 

Week 3 

The ideal initial marking paint 

for multiple pitches 

Saving time and money: 

Applications of Preline will extend the length of time the 

line remains visible following initial marking. If subsequent 

over-marking is delayed due to impractical or adverse 

conditions e.g. inclement weather, hazardous access or 

remote locations, the Preline lines will persist for a 

prolonged period, reducing the need to over-mark as 

frequently to maintain the initial lines. 

Convenient to use: 

Supplied as a ready-to-use formulation, Preline contains 

a brilliant white line marking paint and glyphosate. The 

product requires no measuring or 

mixing and is easy and quick 

to apply. Just a single 

application in one direction 

through a transfer wheel 

marker is required delivering 

a constant line that will not 

‘creep’. 

Photographs of Preline longevity 

taken in summer 

under fast growing conditions. 

Week 7 

Week 12 

145 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Nozzle Flow Rates 

All calculations are based on 10 minutes spraying time which 

represents the average actual spraying time for a standard 

soccer pitch*. 

The concentrate figures show the expected results using the 

recommended dilution rates for over-marking. 

BY TIME 

Cone Flow Rate @ 4 Bar Impact XP Supreme Dazzle S/Line Xtra Concentrate Standard Synthetic 

Nozzles (58 PSI) Ready to use (1:12) (1:10) (1:8) (1:7) (1:4) Ready to use 

Gold 

Red 

Amber 

Green 

1.1 litres in 10 mins 

(0.11 litres/minute) 





3 litres in 10 mins 


Flat Fan Flow Rate @ 4 Bar Impact XP Supreme Dazzle S/Line Xtra Concentrate Standard Synthetic 

Nozzles (58 PSI) Ready to use (1:12) (1:10) (1:8) (1:7) (1:4) Ready to use 

Green 015 

Yellow 02 

Blue 03 







✓ 

1.1 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.5 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.9 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

3 litres 

per pitch 

✗ 

✗ 

✗ 

✗ 

✗ 

✗ 

✗ 

✓ 

0.46 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

0.61 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

0.92 litres 

per pitch 

BY PRODUCT 

✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ 

✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ 

✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ 

✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ 

✓ 

0.55 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

0.73 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.09 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

0.67 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

0.89 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.33 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

0.75 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1 litre 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.5 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.2 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.6 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

2.4 litres 

per pitch 

✗ 

✓ 

6 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

8 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

12 litres 

per pitch 

*Per Pitch refers to marking a standard size grass soccer pitch of 650 linear metres (711 yards) 

at an average walking speed of 2.5 mph (65 metres per minute). 

146

Impact System Attachments 

Spray Boom 

Converts iGO line marker to a walk 

behind pedestrian herbicide sprayer. One 

machine, two functions! Ideal for small 

sports clubs with one or two pitches, 

tennis clubs, cricket clubs and golf 

courses. 

Features 

❖ Three nozzle, 1.7 metre boom width 

❖ Heavy duty pump applies consistent 

spray 

❖ Calibrate in accordance with NPTC for 

herbicide spraying 

❖ Adjustable boom height 

❖ Robust yet lightweight frame 

❖ Easy to attach and remove 

Athletics Boom 

Specially developed for use with the 

iGO Advance or Glider spray marking 

machines. Can be used on grass or 

hard surfaces. 

Features 

❖ Mark three lines (two track lanes) in 

one pass 

❖ Paint applied with either flat fan or 

cone nozzles 

❖ Adjustable width marker discs 

❖ Sturdy yet lightweight frame 

❖ Pneumatic tyres for effortless and 

smooth movement 

❖ Easy to attach and remove 

❖ For use with Impact ready to use 

hard surface paint or Duraline 

dilutable concentrates 

Spray Lance 

Simply connect the spray lance to the iGO to mark 

out using line marking paint, penalty spots and on 

golf courses, ground under repair (GUR). Also for 

use with pesticide for spot treating weeds, localised 

disease infection or Dry Patch. 

Features 

❖ Easily connects to iGO spray machine 

❖ 2.5m length transparent hose 

❖ Trigger action with locking feature 

❖ Integral spray nozzle filter 

❖ Robust yet lightweight frame 

147 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Green-Spread 

A quality assured, recycled, 

non-peat compost 

WHY Green-Spread 

❚ Fine graded, naturally sourced from plant 

materials 

❚ Environmentally friendly produced 

product 

❚ Consistent and guaranteed quality 

specification 

❚ BSI PAS 100 accredited high quality 

compost 

❚ BSI standards adopted by The 

Composting Association 

❚ A range of products available for flexibility 

of use 

❚ Ideal for groundsmen, landscapers and 

local authorities 

How Green-Spread works 

Green-Spread high quality compost is produced totally by natural 

means, with a period of rapid decomposition and self-heating 

(which sanitises the material) continued by a cooler and slower 

decay of the woodier organic matter. When this composting 

process is finally completed, the product can be graded into 

different particle sizes depending on the use required. 

Green-Spread offers many benefits including: 

✱ Increasing soil microbial activity 

✱ Improving turf density and colour, encouraged by the presence 

of slow release Nitrogen, Iron and Magnesium 

✱ Plant disease suppression, due to beneficial soil micro-organisms 

present 

✱ Providing a large range of micronutrients e.g. Boron, Magnesium 

and Manganese that have a vital role in many plant 

physiological processes e.g. enzyme reactions and 

photosynthesis. 

✱ Improving the soil structure by helping form larger pore spaces 

resulting in improved oxygen aeration as well reducing the 

effects of soil compaction, so improving drainage and reducing 

the problems associated with water-logging. 

✱ Increasing the Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) of the soil so 

nutrients are made available for a longer period of time rather 

than being easily leached away through the soil profile. 

✱ Improving root growth and overall turf establishment but without 

encouraging flush growth that can weaken the plant and make 

it more susceptible to fungal disease. 

Product range 

Green-Spread can be used as a 

straight compost and is available in 

a range of screened particle sizes 

depending on the use required. 

Coarse grades are available which 

are more suitable for use in 

landscaping situations eg. amenity 

mulch (20-40mm) and bark 

replacement mulch (10-20mm), 

whereas the finer particle grades are 

more suited for example for use as a 

top dressing (0-8mm). The compost 

specification details will vary 

depending on the use. 

In addition Green-Spread can be customised to the customer's 

own specification, for example being mixed with other organic 

matter and brought on site ready mixed for immediate use. 

Green-Spread is available nationally, delivered as loose loads 

either as the compost in its own right (cubic metres) or as a mixed 

product with other materials (tonnes). Comprehensive 

specification sheets are available for all products. 

0800 424919 

148

Bulk Materials 

To meet the needs of professional landscapers Rigby Taylor offers a broad 

range of bulk materials many of which, where appropriate, can be 

screened or manufactured to meet individual customer requirements. 

Products include: 

● Divot mixtures ● Sports sands 

● Soils ● Planting composts 

● Top Dressings ● Rootzones 

Mascot 

Pro-Spread 

Dressings 

Available in bulk loads of 10 or 20 tonnes. 

Norfolk Pro-Spread, a high qaulity fine turf 

top dressing is also available in bulk loads. 

Pro-Spread 60/40 (25kg) 

Pro-Spread 70/30 (25kg) 

Cricket & Tennis Court 

Dressings 

Cricket Wicket Dressing (25kg) 

Kettering Loam (25kg) 

Mendip Loam (25kg) 

Surrey Loam Screened 1 / 4 ” (25kg) 

Banbury Loam (25kg) 

Useful Measurements 

1 metre = 1.0936 yards 1 yard = 0.9144 metres 

1 square metre (m 2 ) = 1.196 square yards (yd 2 ) 1 yd 2 = 0.8361 m 2 

1 hectare (ha) = 10,000 square metres (m 2 ) 10,000 m 2 = 2.471 acres 

1 cubic metre (m 3 ) = 1.3080 cubic yards (yd 3 ) 1 m 3 = 1,000 litres 

1 kilogram (kg) = 2.2047 pounds (lb) 1 lb = 0.4536 kg 

1,000kg = 1 metric tonne = 0.984 ton 

1 ton = 1.016 tonnes 

1 litre = 0.22 gallons 1 gallon = 4.5461 litres 

Growing Media/Bark 

1 cubic metre (m 3 ) of material will cover: 

25mm (1”) depth over an area of 40 m 2 


75mm (3”) depth over an area of 13.3 m 2 


149 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Sports Equipment 

Rigby Taylor Ltd are distributors of the high quality range of Edwards Sports Equipment. The range of equipment 

encompasses all sports played both on natural and artificial surfaces. The products are precision engineered, designed 

and manufactured to meet the appropriate British and European safety standards. Whether your requirements are for a 

school, sports centre, professional league or international venue, you will not find a range more suitable for meeting your 

requirements. 

The two pages of equipment shown here is only a small fraction of the full range available. 

For further information, advice or a fully illustrated brochure, please contact your Rigby Taylor area representative or one 

of the following: FreePhone: 0800 919 424. Email: sales@rigbytaylor.com or direct to one of our branches listed on the 

back of the brochure. 

Professional Aluminium Rugby Posts 

Top upright made from 57mm OD x 3.2mm 

thick tube. 

Middle upright made from 63.5mm OD x 

3.2mm thick tube. 

Bottom upright made from 76mm OD x 

4.75mm thick tube. 

Crossbar made from 63.5mm OD x 3.2mm 

thick tube. 

Socketed Professional Aluminium 

12.1m High Out Of Ground. 

Hinged Professional Aluminium. 

Specification as above but supplied with 

hinged adapters for ease of erecting and 

demounting posts. 

As used by professional league clubs, 

including Worcester Warriors. 

Aluminium Rugby Posts 

Sockets are 90cm deep made from 83mm 

OD steel. 

Socketed Senior Aluminium 

(10.1m High Out Of Ground) 

Top upright 63mm OD x 3.2mm thick. 

Bottom upright 76mm OD x 4.75mm thick. 

Crossbar 63mm OD x 3.2mm thick. 

Hinged Senior Aluminium 





Socketed Junior Aluminium 


Top upright 63mm OD x 3.2mm thick. 

Bottom upright 76mm OD x 4.75mm thick. 

Crossbar 63mm OD x 3.2mm thick. 

Hinged Junior Aluminium 





Complete with zinc plated nuts, washers, 

bolts and plastic socket caps. 

80mm Aluminium Freestanding 

Foldaway Goals 

9v9 Goals: 4.88m x 2.13m (16’ x 7’) (Set of 2) 

Manufactured from 80mm OD x 3mm thick 

reinforced aluminium. 

32mm OD x 1.6mm thick galvanised steel net 

supports foldaway without the need for tools 

50mm square x 2.5mm thick steel drop over 

backbars are easy to install and remove. 

Stadium Socketed Football Goal 

Full Size: 7.32m x 2.44m (24’ x 8’) (Set of 2). 

Youth Size: 6.40m x 2.13m (21’ x 7’) (Set of 2). 

Centre stage at various professional clubs 

across the UK including Tottenham Hotspur, 

Hull City and Stevenage FC. 

Goalposts manufactured from 100mm x 

107mm elliptical x 2.5mm thick reinforced 

aluminium. Heavy duty internal and external 

laser cut solid stee.l 

L-shaped fittings, ensure a long lasting and 

precision mitred crossbar / upright corner 

joint. 

Complete with safety net hooks and steel 

lockable socket caps. 

Recommended nets: (not included with goal) 

Full Size UEFA Regulation Box Shaped 

Goal Nets (pair) 

White goal nets made from 4.5mm thick 

braided polyethylene with a 120mm knotted 

mesh. 

Youth Size UEFA Regulation Box Shaped 

Goal Nets (pair) 



mesh. Designed to fit youth size 21’ x 7’ goals. 

These nets can also be supplied in blue, black 

or green and be made to different runback 

dimensions on request. 

Freestanding Stadium Box Goal 

Full Size : 7.32m x 2.44m (24’ x 8’) (Set of 2) 

(Other sizes can manufactured on request) 

❖ Goalposts manufactured from 100mm x 

107mm elliptical x 2.5mm thick reinforced 

aluminium 

❖ Heavy duty internal and external laser cut 

solid steel L-shaped fittings, ensure a long 

lasting and precision mitred crossbar/upright 

corner joint 

❖ Rear crossbars and net supports 

manufactured from 80mm OD x 2.5mm thick 

reinforced aluminium 

❖ Rear net supports drop into our specially 

designed rear steel sockets that bolt onto the 

rear corner joints of the goal 

0800 424919 150

❖ 32mm OD x 1.6mm thick galvanised steel 

net support top rods and rear net retaining 

bar ensure the perfect box net shape 

Box Goal Nets 

Full Sized Tailored Box Shaped Goal Nets 

(Per Pair) 


braided polyethylene with a 120mm 

knotted mesh, specially tailored to fit the 

Freestanding Stadium Box Goal. Can also 

be supplied in blue, black or green upon 

request. 

Standard 60mm Steel Socketed 

Football Goal 

Full Size: 7.32m x 2.44m (24’ x 8’) (Set of 2). 

Youth Size: 6.40m x 2.13m (21’ x 7’) (Set of 2). 

Manufactured from 60mm OD x 3mm thick 

steel with welded corner joints for additional 

strength Uprights drop into 46cm deep, 

70mm OD steel ground sockets c/w welded 

base plate. 

Goalposts and sockets are powder coated 

white. 

Complete with safety net hooks and plastic 

socket caps. 

Recommended nets: (not included with 

goal) 

Full Size Club Goal Nets (pair) 


twisted polyethylene with a 120mm knotted 

mesh. Fit full size 24’ x 8’ goals with 

continental or international net supports. 

Youth Size Wembley Goal Nets (pair) 

White goal nets made from 3mm thick 

twisted polyethylene with a 120mm knotted 

mesh. Fit youth size 21’ x 7’ goals with 

continental or international net supports. 

28mm thick UV stabilised polyurethane with 

aluminium trim. 

Complete with stainless steel net lacing bars 

and 38mm OD aluminium net supports. 

3mm Green Hockey Nets (pair) 

Manufactured from heavy duty 3mm 


mesh in green. These nets have a 1.4m top 

and bottom runback. 

Fence/Wall Anchor Kit (set) 

Anchors freestanding hockey goals to a wall 

or fence to conform to BS EN 750. Kit 

comprises of 2 pairs of 3m chains, a 2 pairs of 

M8 rawbolts and 8 carbine clips. 

Two Coloured Corner Flags 

30cm square diagonally striped. Colours 

available are red, yellow, green, black, royal 

blue, navy blue, white. 

Single Colour Corner Flags 

30cm square available in red, yellow, green, 

black, royal blue, navy blue, white. 

For other colours please contact us. 

Swingrite Practice Net & Frame 

Freestanding tunnel design 3m high x 3m 

wide. Comprises of tubular steel framework 

and golf impact netting. 

Tournament Freestanding Tennis Posts 

The world’s leading tennis posts are 

manufactured using 80mm box section steel 

with fitted aluminium top caps and screw in 

stainless steel net hooks for ultimate strength. 

These top of the range posts dismantle for 

easy storage and are used at various Davis 

Cup and ATP tour events. 

Set consists of a winder and anchor end post 

complete with wheels and three joining bars 

to span court. Winder end post is fitted with a 

heavy duty brass winding mechanism and 

pulley wheel. Anchor end post has a welded 

hook to capture loop on the tennis net’s 

headline wire. 

Edwards Wheelaway Cricket Cage 

Measurements: 7.32m (24’) x 3.66m (12’) x 

2.74m (9’) high. 

Premium freestanding cage is perfect for 

grounds where a permanent socketed cage 

cannot be installed. Can be supplied with or 

without wheels. The 42mm OD steel 

framework and welded joints create a 

robust, stable structure. The addition of 

wheels, with wide solid tyres to prevent 

damage to turf, makes the cage easy to 

move on and off the square. 

Freestanding Aluminium Hockey Goal 

Regulation size 3.66m x 2.13m. 

Freestanding aluminium hockey goals are 

built to a high specification for use on 

synthetic or grass pitches. These goals are 

easy to assemble, low maintenance and 

conform to BS EN 750 when securely 

anchored. 

Posts manufactured from 76mm x 50mm 

rectangular hollow section aluminium 

powder coated white. 

457mm high green backboards made from 

Driving Range & Perimeter Netting 

1.1mm twisted polyethylene twine, 28mm 

knotted mesh netting in black. Netting is 

machined all round to reinforce and 

enhance life span. Netting can be made to 

any size requested. 

151 

Socketed Steel Cricket Cage 

Ideal for schools and park locations. Frame - 

work is made from 34mm OD steel available 

in a powder coated green or galvanised 

finish. Framework joins together using the 

kee-klamp joints and grub screws (provided). 

The framework’s uprights drop into 46cm 

deep steel sockets. 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Turf fungicides – application timing 

Fungicides are generally classified into specific groups and 

should ideally be applied when conditions are conducive to 

disease attack, or at the first sign of a disease outbreak. 

Different groups of fungicides have different modes of action. 

Some are multi-site, others are single site inhibitors. Some work 

better when the grass is actively growing whilst others perform 

better under cold conditions. 

Curative Action: Opposite to prevention is to cure an infection 

after it has already occurred. Here, spores will have already 

entered the leaf tissue and are actively producing mycelial 

growth inside the leaf. It is vital for effective control that 

application of a curative fungicide is applied immediately any 

sign of disease is observed. Most fungicides with curative 

action will also protect plants that have not been infected. 

SPORE GERMINATION PENETRATION MYCELIAL GROWTH BLISTERING SPORULATION 

PREVENTATIVE/PROTECTANT ACTION 

Prevents and/or protects against spore 

germination and infection on leaf surface 

Apply fungicide prior to periods of high 

disease risk before infection occurs 

CURATIVE ACTION 

Prevents early disease 

development inside the plant 

Treat during periods of high 

disease pressure when infection 

may have occurred but 

symptoms not yet visible 

ERADICANT ACTION 

Halts pathogen development when 

disease symptoms are visible and 

prevents further spread 

Apply fungicide treatments immediately at first 

visible signs of disease infection 

Preventatiive Action: When weather/climatic conditions are 

ideal for disease development, it is highly likely that disease 

spores will be active on the leaf surface. However, these spores 

may not have penetrated (infected) the plant. Applying a 

fungicide as a preventative application before infection 

occurs will ensure that the plant is protected. It also has the 

benefit of reducing the spread of the disease on footwear and 

by mechanical transport (tyres etc). The difficulty however is 

predicting when disease infection may occur and here local 

knowledge, consulting past records and attention to weather 

forecasts is essential. 

Tank Mixing – More recently it has been shown that combining 

as a tank mix, two or more products from different chemical 

groups and with differing modes of action can improve the 

overall effect and reduce the risk of disease resistance. Rigby 

Taylor provide a range of disease control strategies. See your 

area representative for details. 

JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER 

DEFENDER 

FUSION 

ELAND 

MASALON 

FOREMOST 

RAYZOR 

0800 424919 152

Turf disease identification 


(Microdochium nivale) 

Anthracnose 

(Colletotrichum cereale) 

Red Thread 

(Laetisaria fuciformis) 

Symptoms 

The disease first shows as small patches 

of yellowish, dying grass that later turn 

brown, increase in size and coalesce. In 

moist, humid weather the patches may 

become covered with a white or faintly 

pink cotton like fungal growth, which 

mats the dying vegetation together. 

The disease is encouraged by lack of 

aeration and excessive use of 

Nitrogenous fertilisers, especially when 

applied after August. 

Conditions favouring development 

❉ Thrives during warm, wet weather 

12-19°C 

❉ Can occur during summer months 

❉ Symptoms often masked by fast 

growth 

❉ Spread under moist conditions and 

slow growth 

❉ Transmitted by wind-borne asexual 

spores 

❉ Lies dormant on dead leaf matter 

❉ Can be carried on tyres and shoes 

Symptoms 

Anthracnose occurs in two forms, basal 

rot and foliar blight, which can develop 

at different times of year according to 

weather conditions. Basal rot symptoms 

are yellowing leaves, with the youngest 

leaf brick-red in colour and black rot 

appearing at the base of the leaves. 

With foliar blight, symptoms appear as 

irregular, yellow or brown patches of 

turf, which turn tan and die. It can be 

mistaken for drought, however the 

symptoms worsen with watering and 

numerous small black fruiting bodies 

covered with black spines can be seen 

at the rotting base of the plant. 


❉ Presence of Poa annua 

❉ Basal rot appears under wet/cool 

conditions 

❉ Foliar blight occurs under higher 

summer temperatures 

❉ More likely to occur when the turf 

under stress 

- Low fertility (particularly Nitrogen) 

- Soil compaction, 

- Drought 

- Excessively low mowing heights 

❉ Insect/nematode activity can 

encourage development 

Symptoms 

Patches of affected grass with a 

reddish tinge at first, later becoming 

light brown or almost bleached in 

appearance. Patches vary in size from 

7.5cm to 25cm in diameter but can be 

much larger.Two types of fungal growth 

may be seen on the patches, 

particularly under wet or humid 

conditions. The first takes the form of 

small, pink, cottony flocks, and can be 

confused with growth of the fungus 

causing Snow Mould. The second is 

specific to red thread – pinkish-red, 

gelatinous, thread-like structures 

(stromata), 1-2mm in length, are 

produced on the leaves and may bind 

them together. When dry, the pink 

strands are brittle and resemble red 

threads. These shatter and spread the 

disease. Dry fragments can survive for 

up to two years. 


❉ Attacks Fescue and Lolium perenne 

species 

❉ Favours mild temperatures/damp 

surface 

❉ Grass susceptible with low fertility 

❉ Slow growing turfgrass 

High risk period 



J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D 

Fusarium Patch controlled by Anthracnose controlled by Red Thread controlled by 

Eland 

Eland 

Eland 

Fusion 

Rayzor 

Defender 

Foremost 

Fusion 

Defender 

Fusion 

Rayzor 

Defender 

153 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Dollar Spot 

(Sclerotinia homoeocarpa) 

Brown Patch 

(Rhizoctonia solani) 

Rust 

(Puccina spp.) 

Symptoms 

Dollar Spot is most commonly found on 

closely mowed turfgrasses. The disease 

appears as round, brown to strawcolored 

and somewhat sunken spots, 

often seen in clusters. Dollar Spot is 

readily distinguished from other turf 

disease by light-tan lesions with a 

reddish-brown border on the leaf 

blades of live plants near the edge of 

the affected area. Early in the day or in 

periods of extended dew, cobweb-like 

mycelium of the fungus can be seen 

growing on affected areas. During early 

stages of the disease, affected plants 

may appear water-soaked and wilted, 

but spots quickly fade to a 

characteristic straw colour. 


❉ Thrives under periods of high humidity 

15-30 

❉ Grass susceptible under heavy dew 

formation 

❉ High humidity during day, cool at 

nights 

❉ Fescue and Poa annua are at high 

risk 

❉ Disease requires high moisture in leaf 

canopy 

Symptoms 

Turfgrasses that are wet for extended 

periods and are closely mowed will 

produce a distinctive gray-purplish 

bordered ring that is up to 50cm in 

diameter. On taller cut grasses that are 

not wet for extended periods will begin 

to produce patches that can be 

several feet in diameter and may have 

a ‘frogeye’ appearance. White 

mycelium can be found on dewcovered 

turf in the early part of the 

morning. On a closer look at the leaf 

blades you may be able to see tan to 

brown small, irregular shaped lesions. 


❉ Thrives in temperatures range 70°F to 

90°F 

❉ Can survive freezing conditions 

❉ It is most when temperatures keep 

above 68°F 

❉ Attacks during extended periods of 

high humidity 

❉ Thrives on lush and succulent growth 

❉ Over winters in grass tissue or Sclerotia 

bodies 

Symptoms 

Rust appears as an orange or yellowishorange 

powder (spores) on grass leaf 

blades, especially in late summer to 

early autumn when the weather is dry. 

Overall, the turf may assume a yellow, 

red, or brown appearance. Close 

examination will reveal the pustules, 

which easily rub off on your hand. 


❉ Low fertility (in particular Nitrogen) 

❉ Cool nights with heavy dew 

❉ Frequent light rainfall increases risk 

❉ Cloud and humidity followed by hot, 

sunny weather 

❉ Spreads via air, water, shoes, 

equipment 

❉ Weakens grass making it more 

susceptible to other problems 




J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D 

Dollar Spot controlled by 

Eland 

Fusion 

Rayzor 

Foremost 

Brown Patch controlled by 

Eland 

Rayzor 

Defender 

Foremost 

Rust controlled by 

Eland 

Fusion 

0800 424919 154

Grey Snow Mould 

(Typhula spp.) 

Leaf Spot 

(Drechslera poae) 

Fairy Rings 

(Basidiomycetes) 

Symptoms 

Consist of roughly circular patches (at 

least 3 to 12 inches) of dead and 

matted grass blades. In severe cases, 

these patches coalesce and may not 

be recognizable as individual circles. A 

useful identifying characteristic of Grey 

Snow Mould is the presence of tiny 

brown to black mycelial masses 

(sclerotia) on the blades and in the leaf 

sheaths of infec ted plants. These 

survival structures vary in size and color, 

becoming smaller and darker as they 

dry. 


❉ Active are active at temperatures 

just above freezing 

❉ Favours most conditions for 

development 

❉ Thrives under a blanket of fresh snow 

or fallen leaves. 

❉ Remains inactive during the warm 

months when other 

❉ Spores can survive in thatch and on 

Scerotinia bodies 

Symptoms 

Leaf spots on turfgrass leaf blades 

begin as small red to purplish ovals that 

later develop tan centers of dead 

tissue with darker borders (‘eye spots’). 

The fungi that cause leaf spots directly 

penetrate leaf sheaths and blades at 

random or enter via mowing wounds 

which commonly leads to a tip blight. 

When turfgrass is succulent from recent 

Nitrogen fertilization and there is 

abundant moisture on the leaf blades, 

numerous leaf spot infections per blade 

can occur. The leaf spots may then 

coalesce and cause extensive 

blighting. The fungus may even invade 

the crowns and roots, leaving the 

plants weakened and rotted. This 

severe stage is called ‘melting-out’. 

Large areas of dead or badly 

weakened turfgrass may result. 


❉ Active at mild, warm temperatures 

around 20°C 

❉ Attacks moist leaf blades under high 

humidity 

❉ High levels of fertility 

❉ Lower than recommended mowing 

heights 

❉ Excessive thatch 

Symptoms 

There are 3 types of Fairy Ring. 

Type 1 Typically appear as a ring of 

dead or stressed turf, bordered on 

both inner and outer edges by a band 

of stimulated grass growth. New rings 

can appear just as green ‘patches’. 

Type 2 Stimulated grass growths are 

seen normally without fruiting bodies. It 

is rare that excessive damage is 

caused to the turf. 

Type 3 Have no distinct affect on turf 

except when the fruiting bodies are 

present, forming rings of mushrooms or 

puffballs. 


❉ High thatch levels in fine turf 

❉ Soil high in organic matter 

❉ Colonises thatch at the turf base 

❉ Starts with a germinating spores or a 

strand of mycelium 

❉ Rings of stimulated growth are the 

result of soil Nitrogen release 







Grey Snow Mould controlled by 

Eland 

Leaf Spot controlled by 

Eland 

Fairy Rings controlled by 

Eland 

Rayzor 

Fusion 

Rayzor 

155 

Foremost 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Nutrition delivery technology 

It’s not the time a fertilizer is applied 

that’s important it’s when the 

nutrition becomes available to the 

plant. A range of options is now 

available to maximise fertilizer 

performance in line with the nutrition 

demands of the plant. 

continuously reduces the solution concentration of the 

encapsulated urea. This decreasing concentration results in 

a declining osmotic pressure, which causes a continuous 

slowing (or declining) of the release rate. Generally, the 

time for release of the last half of urea will be about twice 

the time for release of the first half. 

After complete release of nutrients, the polymer coating 

microbially decomposes into naturally occurring soil 

elements. 

PCU 

Encapsulated granular technology 

A patented, polymer membrane releases nutrients via 

temperature controlled diffusion 

H O 

2 

H O 

2 

H O 

2 

PolyPro Coating Technology 

Nutrient 

Within a week of 

application, the 

polymer coating 

allows soil 

moisture in, 

which activates 

encapsulated 

nutients but 

doesn’t release 

them. 

Over the next 

several months, the 

membrane slowly 

releases dissolved 

nutrients through 

diffusion, only when 

triggered by soil 

temperature. 

After complete 

release of nutrients, 

the polymer coating 

microbially 

decomposes into 

naturally occurring 

soil elements. 

Nitrogen is released gradually throughout the plant's growth 

cycle, resulting in precise, and predictable feeding of the 

rootzone that lasts for months. The key to this consistent, 

gradual nutrient release is the Reactive Layers Coating 

polymer membrane surounding each granule that is not 

affected by moisture. Nutrient release is only activated by 

temperature and not by microbial activity or excessive 

moisture. 

There are 3 phases in this release process:- 

1. Absorption Phase (first week). No immediate release 

occurs during this stage. Until water, which is absorbed into 

the polymer coating, reaches the encapsulated urea to 

initiate dissolution within, there can be no urea diffusion 

release. 

2. Steady-State Release Phase. Once release by diffusion 

begins, the release rate is constant or steady-state until all 

encapsulated urea is dissolved. During this stage there are 

both un-dissolved urea solids and urea solution at maximum 

concentration encapsulated by the polymer coating. This 

maximum solution concentration causes a constant osmotic 

pressure and a steady-state release rate. Complete 

dissolution of the encapsulated urea occurs when about 

50% of the urea has been released, since urea has a 

maximum solution concentration of 50% at ambient 

temperatures. 

3. Declining Release Phase. Once all encapsulated urea 

solids are dissolved and only urea solution remains, 

continued absorption of water and diffusion release of urea 

PCSCU 

Polymer-coated, Sulphur-coated granular 

technology 

Wax coated granule with Sulphur coating and polymer 

layer for more consistent nutrient release 

Wax coating 

Sulphur 

Polymer 

Urea 

New generation, polymer-coated, Sulphur-coated Urea 

(PCSCU) granular fertilizer for turf, is the only one with a 

polymer layer inside the protective surface coating. This 

provides a more durable and consistent granule unlike lesser 

PCSCUs that have a polymer or conditioner on the outside 

of the Sulphur. 

Rigby Taylors PCSCU's outer sulphur and wax layers work 

together to protect the inner polymer coating during the 

various stages of processing. The polymer layer surrounding 

the granule delivers a more consistent nutrient release when 

the plant needs it, with less surge growth, once the outer 

0800 424919 156

Sulphur and wax layers absorb 

water. 

It also has the highest Nitrogen 

content (43%) and lowest 

Sulphur content (4%) of any 

PCSCU on the market, which 

means you can treat more 

area with less product. 

Other PCSCUs do not deliver 

nutrients as evenly or as long, 

and often suffer from nutrient 

‘lock-off’ in which the Sulphur 

coating is too thick to allow 

Nitrogen to release in the 

expected time frame. 

Methylene Urea 

Extended N release in mini- and microgranular 

form 

Can be combined with other nutrients as 

homogenous granules 

The Methylene Urea also promotes strong root growth and a 

balanced, healthier top growth. It also improves the natural 

fertility of the soil increasing and sustaining the population of 

beneficial organisms because it is a source of organic 

Carbon and Nitrogen. The MU will provide a uniform, 

sustained release even during hot weather or heavy rain. 

The Methylene Urea also has a very low salt index, one of the 

lowest available, meaning a very low scorch potential. 

Methylene Urea is also contained in Microflow CXS liquid 

formulations. 

Premier HG, Microfine, Microlite and Delta SR contain MU 

plus a combination of other essential nutrients. 

The patented Methylene Urea used by Rigby Taylor, has 

short and medium length polymer chains that are specially 

designed to achieve the required results, and release 

pattern. The length of chain determines the longevity of 

release. Rigby Taylor uses chain lengths that will give 10-24 

weeks, depending on the product range. 

The specially designed polymer chains are made up of:- 

✱ Free Urea for rapidly available N 

✱ Cold water-soluble Nitrogen (CWSN) which gives 

available N over a few weeks 

✱ Hot water-soluble Nitrogen (HWSN), which releases the N 

over 8-16 weeks 

✱ Hot water-insoluble Nitrogen (HWIN), which releases the N 

over 16-24 weeks 

ZeoLite 

Provides a natural affinity with N & K in 

quality fertilizers 

Key addition to the rage of MicrolIte and Microlite Activ8 

formulations. 

Clinoptilolite (Zeolite) is a naturally occurring mineral 

incorporated in the MicroLite range. It has a natural affinity 

to Nitrogen and Potassium and these nutrients are absorbed 

into the Clinoptilolite grid and then released as and when 

demanded by the plant. Clinoptilolite will also hold up to 

55% of ots weight in moisture, which is again released as the 

plant demands. 

157 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Nutrient availability and selection 

In a turf management environment, nutrients added to the 

soil/plant are normally supplied in the form of fertilizer, either 

as dry applications such as powder or granules or spray 

applied as liquids or water-soluble formulations. 

Turf fertilizers are classified as those that are essential 

(macro) and applied regularly and those that are required 

and applied in lesser quantities (micro) but still important for 

healthy plant growth. However, all nutrients are important 

and it is not the quantity that is applied but their availability 

to the plant. 

Nutrient deficiency 

Turf quality is controlled not by the total amount of nutrients 

available to the plant, but by the nutrient in limited supply. A 

simple ‘law of the minimum’ is illustrated here by Liebigs 

Barrel. 

Just as the capacity of a barrel with staves of unequal 

length, is limited by the shortest stave (in this example 

Phosphate is the limiting factor), so a plant's growth is limited 

by the nutrient in shortest supply. 

Understanding how to recognize nutrient deficiencies will 

allow corrective action to be taken to lessen the effect and 

prevent a similar situation arising in the future. 

A range of factors influence the availability of nutrients. 

Some will be under your control, others will not. 

Cold Soils 

Saturated Soils 

High pH 

Low pH 

Compacted Soils 

Dry Soils 

High Organic Matter 

Sandy Soils 

High Calcium 

Low Organic Matter 

High Magnesium 

Low Magnesium 

Nutrients likely to be deficient 

under certain soil conditions 

N 

N 

Cu 

S 

P 

P 

K 

S 

P 

S 

Ca 

Ca 

P 

P 

Fe 

Ca 

K 

K 

Cu 

Mg 

Fe 

K 

Mg 

S 

K 

Mn 

Mg 

Mg 

S 

Mn 

K 

P 

Fe 

Fe 

Zn 

Mo 

B 

B 

B 

Zn 

Zn 

Mn 

Zn 

Classification of nutrients 

MACRONUTRIENTS PLANT REQUIREMENTS 

Nitrogen (N) Shoot-root growth, density, colour, disease resistance, and stress tolerance 

Phosphate (P) Seedling development and root growth 

Potash (K) 

Improving drought tolerance by water regulation. Cold hardiness and improved disease resistance 

Calcium (Ca) Cell development and division 

Magnesium (Mg) Chlorophyll production. Transportation of phosphorous around the plant 

Sulphur (S) 

Aids in protein synthesis, helps in the utilization of nitrogen. Chlorophyll production 

MICRONUTRIENTS (TRACE) 

Boron (B) 

Cell wall formation. The translocation of sugar and carbohydrates 

Copper (Cu) Cell wall structure. Carbohydrate metabolism 

Iron (Fe) 

Chlorophyll development, colour enhancement and hardening off 

Manganese (Mn) Chlorophyll synthesis 

Molybdenum (Mo) The conversion of nitrates into amino acids 

Zinc (Zn) 

Root development and seed establishment 

The majority of nutrients are taken up by the roots via the soil though some can also be absorbed through the leaf when 

applied as a foliar spray.There are other elements such as Carbon, Hydrogen and Oxygen can be both through the 

aerial parts of the plant and from soil moisture via the roots. 

0800 424919 158

Nutrient release timing of Nitrogen can be rapid or slow depending on the 

form used. The two forms are Nitrogen Ammonium (NH4+) and Nitrate (NH3-). 

Applying Nitrate Nitrogen will result in it being quickly taken up by the plant and 

producing rapid grass growth. It can however be an excellent tool where the 

plant needs a rapid boost and enhanced colour. Ammonium Nitrogen is also 

taken in by the plant but utilized less quickly, resulting in slower growth. It is also 

held longer in the soil, which reduces the risk of loss through rapid leaching. 

Nitrogen Uptake 

Nitrogen occurs in various forms, organic, ammoniacal and ureic. These have to 

go through various processes before they are available to the plant. 

Organic: Organic sources have to go through Mineralization. This process 

transforms the organic source into an inorganic source (ammonium). 

The first part of the process is Aminization, which is the decomposition of the 

organic N by bacteria and fungi, to produce Amino Nitrogen, which is then 

microbially converted in to ammonia. 

+Aminization 

+Ammonification 

Organic N = Amino Acids = Ammonium N 

Ammoniacal: Ammoniacal sources have to go through Nitrification, when the 

Ammonium is converted in to Nitrate. 

The first process involve Nitrosmonas (bacteria), which oxidize the Ammonia in to 

Nitrite. Nitrobacter (bacteria) then oxidize the Nitrite in to Nitrate. These reactions 

occur very closely to prevent a build up of Nitrite, as it is toxic to the plant. 

+Nitrosomonas + Nitrobacter 

Ammonium = Nitrite = Nitrate 

Ureic: Ureic nitrogen is hydrolized into ammonia (and carbon dioxide) by an 

enzyme called Urease. 

+Urease 

Urea 

= Ammonia 

All the above processes can be affected by moisture, temperature, microbial 

activity, pH and aeration. 

159 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Applying Nutrients 

Getting fertilizer to where it is needed can be 

achieved in different ways; dry (granules/- 

powders) applied alone or from a spray 

(liquid/water soluble). 

In the main however, there is no hard and fast 

rule as to what is best. The application 

selection method will often depend on 

practicalities, climatic conditions and personal 

preference. In many cases it will be that ‘one 

size does not fit all’ and a combination of 

application methods will be selected. 

The most successful fertilizer programme will be 

one that provides a consistent supply of plant 

nutrients when demanded, without causing a 

surge (flush) of vegetative growth or cause a 

‘lock up’ of other nutrients availability. 

The Rigby Taylor range offers the widest choice 

of fertilizer options. 

Controlled release – Microlite, PolyPro, 

ConVert, Premier HG, Microfine, Microflow 

Conventional release – MicroLite Activ8, 

TE-Bag, Fine Turf, Outfield 

Organic/Organic content – Microfine Organic, 

Apex, Delta 

Liquid – MicroFlow 

Water soluble – Microsol 

Which to apply and why? 

Different fertilizers have different modes of action and it 

is important to understand some of the key factors that 

influence the selection making process. 

Where a quick response is required, a fertilizer with the 

ability to allow rapid availability of nutrients to the plant 

will be a key factor in the selection making process. 

There are products, including liquids, water-solubles 

and conventional dry formulations, that will provide a 

rapid growth response in the turf plant and enhanced 

colour. The downsides to applying such products are 

two fold. 

1. Excessive nutrient loss through the leaves could 

quickly occur as, due to the creation of increased 

vegetative growth, mowing regimes may be increased 

leading to increased clipping removal, and 

2. Rapid leaching of nutrients, surface run-off, 

volatilization 

Slow release, controlled/phased release and organic 

based fertilizers release their nutrients over a period of 

time (up to 24 weeks) and offer a consistent and 

reliable delivery of nutrients. Such control over the 

nutrient release will minimize nutrient loss and maximize 

nutrient efficiency. 

0800 424919 160

The influence of pH on nutrient availability 

The letters pH stand for ‘Potential Hydrogen’ and represents 

the measure of Hydrogen ions in the soil. 

The availability of soil nutrients is affected to a greater or lesser degree by the pH of the soil. The chart 

below indicates the effect that levels of pH can have on the availability of nutrients to the plant. 

Using the chart, in conjunction with the results of soil analysis, can be used in deciding the fertilizer 

programme to adopt 

Optimum turf pH 

4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 

Nitrogen 

Phosphorus 

Potassium 

Sulphur 

Calcium 

Magnesium 

Iron 

Manganese 

Boron 

Copper & Zinc 

Molydenum 

161 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Spreader calibration 

If there is just one operation that, with a little 

time spent, can increase the efficiency and 

effectiveness of fertilizer application, it is the 

practice of calibration. There are three main 

reasons why regular calibration of your 

spreader should take place: 

1. Economic 

The wasteful application of 

granular fertilizer, pesticides, 

wetting agents and seed is both 

costly in terms of product used 

and also the potential expense 

of rectification due to damage 

caused. Inaccurate application can also lead to 

unsightly striping on the turf or the overstimulation of the 

grass leading to the development of excessive, soft 

growth that may be more prone to disease attack. 

2. Environment 

Over use of materials can cause 

pollution of water courses due to 

leaching or run-off. They may also 

be harmful to beneficial organisms. 

Responsible application is important 

to ensure that the products applied 

do not impact negatively upon the environment. 

3. Compliance 

Increasing legislation means that a 

greater accountability is being placed 

upon operators applying fertilizers and 

pesticides. Already new measures are 

being taken in respect of sprayer 

testing and similar requirements may 

well be introduced in time for 

spreaders. 

Spreaders - The Basics 

A clean machine is vital to ensure accuracy and 

application efficiency. After every operation the spreader 

should be thoroughly cleaned, dried and, where 

appropriate, grease applied. Fertilizer absorbs air moisture 

and any material left in the machine may well form clumps 

that will impact on the workings of the machine and 

corrode metal parts. 

The machine should be inspected on a regular basis to 

ensure all parts are working as intended. Often the 

adjustment of the lever mechanism on a rotary machine 

will need checking to ensure there isn’t any slack that may 

affect the opening and shutting of the tray holes. 

Regardless of the spreader type or model used, each 

individual spreader is slightly different. It is important 

therefore to calibrate each one separately, even though it 

may appear identical to another spreader. Also, 

calibration should be undertaken for each granular 

product used because products vary in density, size, active 

ingredient and nutrient content. 

Calibration can be carried out by specialist independent 

companies or done equally well ‘in-house’. Most quality 

spreaders are supplied with detailed advice. Calibration is 

not ‘one of the dark arts’ but a simple practical test that 

just requires a little preparation and simple calculations. 

Your Rigby Taylor will be able to provide advice. 

The table below shows the range of swath widths that can 

be achieved and the flexibility that can be achieved using 

the interchangeable trays that can be fitted to the OptiM8 

spreader range. 

In addition manufacturers of quality fertilizers will provide a 

guide to the appropriate settings applicable to their 

fertilizer granule sizes and formulations. See table opposite. 

Application rates will vary depending on the product being 

applied and the walking speed of the individual operator. 

Products Applied (Tray Type* Fitted) 

Spreader Model Type Swath Hopper Fertilizer Grass Rock Wetting Top Soil † 

Width Capacity Granules Seed Salt Agent Dressing Amendments 

OptiM8 RT36CP Rotary 2.0-6m 36 kg Standard Low High Standard Standard Low 

OptiM8 RT36PP Rotary 2.0-6m 36 kg Standard Low High Standard Standard Low 

OptiM8 RT36PS Rotary 2.0-6m 36 kg Standard Low High Standard Standard Low 

OptiM8 RT60PS Rotary 2.0-6m 60 kg Standard Low High Standard Standard Low 

* Unique, interchangeable trays allow for multiple product applications with just one spreading machine 

† Soil amendments include Profile, Alize, Blockade and Integrate Granules 

0800 424919 162

OptiM8 Spreaders – fertilizer application settings 

Spread Grams 

Tray OptiM8 

Grams 

Tray OptiM8 

Grams 

Fertilizer Analysis width per 

‘Standard’ Setting 

per 

‘Standard’ Setting 

per 

metre sq.metre sq.metre sq.metre 

Tray 

‘Standard’ 

OptiM8 

Setting 

Microlite Activ8 

All analyses 2.90 20 3-hole 11.0 25 3-hole 12.5 35 3-hole 14.0 

Microlite 

Microlite 12-0-12 2.90 20 3-hole 11.0 25 3-hole 12.5 35 3-hole 14.0 

TE-Bag 2.75 10 3-hole 9.0 15 3-hole 10.0 - - - 

Polypro 

Polypro 23-3-16 

Polypro 18-4-18 3.25 25 3-hole 15.5 30 3-hole 16.0 35 3-hole 16.5 

Polypro 15-0-23 

Polypro 0-0-45 3.10 25 3-hole 11.5 30 3-hole 12.5 35 3-hole 13.5 

Convert 


Premier HG 


Apex 


Delta Sport 

All analyses 4.50 - - - - - - 35 3-hole 29.0 

Delta Mini 12-4-8 3.00 25 3-hole 14.0 30 3-hole 15.0 35 3-hole 16.0 

Duragran 15-5-5 2.85 25 3-hole 14.0 30 3-hole 14.5 40 3-hole 16.0 

Fineturf 

Fineturf 14-2-7 


Fineturf 12-0-9 2.85 25 3-hole 13.5 30 3-hole 14.5 35 3-hole 15.0 






3.00 25 3-hole 14.0 30 3-hole 15.0 35 3-hole 16.0 


Fineturf 3-0-3 3.20 - - - 35 3-hole 15.5 70 3-hole 23.0 

Fineturf 9-0-0 3.40 25 3-hole 14.5 30 3-hole 16.0 35 3-hole 17.5 

Micronised 

Lawn Sand 4-0-0 2.75 70 3-hole 18.0 140 3-hole 26.5 - - - 

Microfine 

Microfine 5-0-15 




2.95 25 3-hole 13.5 30 3-hole 15.0 35 3-hole 16.0 



Microfine 12-0-10 3.00 25 3-hole 13.5 30 3-hole 14.5 35 3-hole 16.0 

Microfine OC1 8-0-0 

Microfine OC2 5-2-12 

2.50 25 3-hole 16.0 35 3-hole 19.0 70 3-hole 27.0 

Outfield 

All analyses 4.75 35 3-hole 25.0 - - - - - - 

163 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Nozzles 

The most cost-effective 

investment in reducing drift 

and waste, Air Bubble Jets 

are the nozzle preference for 

golf course greenkeepers, 

groundsmen and landscapers 

WHY Air Bubble Jets 

❚ Maximum spray contact, minimum spray drift – reduces spray drift by 75%* 

❚ Produces superior coverage – more consistent droplet size 

❚ Less affected by wind – provides more spraying day opportunities 

❚ Offers wide range of sizes – provides flexible application rates 

❚ Less than 2% driftable droplets (100 microns) – compared to 20% conventional nozzles 

❚ Fits any standard nozzle holders – easy to fit, clean and remove 

❚ Used in a wide range of situations – excellent at low water rates 

❚ Top ✰✰✰ LERAP award allows category B chemicals to be sprayed within one metre 

of a water course 

The BFS Air Bubble Jet has a 15-year proven record and is the number 

one low drift nozzle used by UK farmers and growers. 

How do they work? 

Air Bubble Jets are specially designed spray nozzles (tips) that produce 

a narrow range of spray droplets containing air bubbles that are 

designed to minimize spray drift and optimize product efficacy. 

Why use them? 

Spray drift is a serious economic, environmental and safety problem. 

Using BFS Air Bubble Jets, the spray, containing a mixture of air and 

liquid, reduces spray drift and ensures more even leaf coverage to 

achieve enhanced chemical efficacy. 

How are they used? 

Simply fitted to a standard nozzle body on the boom of any sprayer 

the optimum operating pressure is between 2-4.5 bar with an overall 

range of 1.5-6 bar. 

What jets are available? 

The full range includes: 01; 0.15; 0.2; 0.25; 0.3; 0.35; 0.4; 0.5; 0.6 and 0.8. 

All the jets are ISO colour coded so if a conventional yellow 02 nozzle is 

currently used, just substitute it with a yellow 02 Air Bubble Jet. 

Who make Air Bubble Jets? 

Air Bubble Jets are the invention of Billericay Farm Services, a leading 

company in spray technology. They are designed and manufactured 

in the United Kingdom and are exclusively marketed by Rigby Taylor to 

the UK Amenity industry. 

Inside the 

Air Bubble Jet 

A mixture of air and liquid is 

drawn in and compressed and 

then sprayed out through 

specially designed fan jets. The 

droplets that are produced 

contain air bubbles which 

collapse on contact with the 

grass blade and spread evenly 

across the surface. The liquid 

being sprayed passes through a 

removable tapered nozzle A 

which accelerates the liquid and 

projects the flow into the tapered 

opening of the venturi B. This 

creates a vacuum that causes 

air to be sucked in through the 

slots marked C. 

The mixture of air and liquid is 

compressed as it passes through 

the mixing chamber D and is 

then sprayed through the fan 

nozzle E. 

*Long Ashton Research Station wind tunnel tests compared Billericay 03 Air Bubble Jet to standard 03 nozzles 

0800 424919 164

Air Bubble Jet 

Application Rates 

Nozzle 

0.1 

Orange 

0.15 

Green 

0.2 

Yellow 

** 

At 2 bar 

0.25 

Lilac 

*** 

At 2 bar 

0.3 

Blue 

*** 

At 2 bar 

0.35 

Brown Red 

*** 

At 2 bar 

0.4 

Flame Red 

*** 

At 2 bar 

0.5 

Brown 

*** 

At 2 bar 

0.6 

Grey 

*** 

At 2 bar 

0.8 

White 

*** 

At 2 bar 

LITRES PER HECTARE 

Speed at 50cm nozzle spacing 

Bar Flow L/min 3 KPH 4 KPH 5 KPH 6 KPH 7 KPH 8 KPH 9 KPH 10 KPH 

2.0 

3.0 

4.0 

5.0 

0.33 

0.40 

0.46 

0.52 

132 

160 

184 

208 

99 

120 

138 

156 

79 

96 

110 

125 

66 

80 

92 

104 

57 

69 

79 

89 

50 

60 

69 

78 

44 

53 

61 

69 

40 

48 

55 

62 

2.0 

3.0 

4.0 

5.0 

0.49 

0.60 

0.69 

0.77 

196 

240 

276 

308 

147 

180 

207 

231 

118 

144 

166 

185 

98 

120 

138 

154 

84 

103 

118 

132 

74 

90 

104 

116 

65 

80 

92 

103 

59 

72 

83 

92 

2.0 

3.0 

4.0 

5.0 

0.66 

0.80 

0.93 

1.04 

264 

320 

372 

416 

198 

240 

279 

312 

158 

192 

223 

250 

132 

160 

186 

208 

113 

137 

159 

178 

99 

120 

140 

156 

88 

107 

124 

139 

79 

96 

112 

125 

2.0 

3.0 

4.0 

5.0 

0.82 

1.00 

1.15 

1.30 

328 

400 

460 

520 

246 

300 

345 

390 

197 

240 

276 

312 

164 

200 

230 

260 

141 

171 

197 

223 

123 

150 

173 

195 

109 

133 

153 

173 

98 

120 

138 

156 

2.0 

3.0 

4.0 

5.0 

0.98 

1.20 

1.39 

1.55 

392 

480 

556 

620 

294 

360 

417 

465 

235 

288 

334 

372 

196 

240 

278 

310 

168 

206 

238 

266 

187 

180 

209 

233 

131 

160 

185 

207 

118 

144 

167 

186 

2.0 1.14 456 342 274 228 195 171 152 137 

3.0 1.40 560 420 336 280 240 210 187 168 

4.0 1.62 648 486 389 324 278 243 216 194 

5.0 1.81 724 543 434 362 310 272 241 217 

2.0 1.31 524 393 314 262 225 197 175 157 

3.0 1.60 640 480 384 320 274 240 213 192 

4.0 1.85 740 555 444 370 317 278 247 222 

5.0 2.07 828 621 497 414 355 311 276 248 

2.0 1.63 652 489 391 326 279 245 217 196 

3.0 2.00 800 600 480 400 343 300 267 240 

4.0 2.31 924 693 554 462 396 347 308 377 

5.0 2.58 1032 774 619 516 442 387 344 310 

2.0 1.96 784 588 470 392 336 294 261 235 

3.0 2.40 960 720 576 480 411 360 320 288 

4.0 2.77 1108 831 665 554 475 416 369 332 

5.0 3.10 1240 930 744 620 531 465 413 372 

2.0 2.61 1044 783 625 522 447 392 348 313 

3.0 3.20 1280 960 768 640 549 480 427 384 

4.0 3.70 1480 1110 888 740 634 555 493 444 

5.0 4.13 1652 1239 991 826 708 620 551 496 

To select the correct nozzle for the intended operation use the simple steps below: 

1. Read the label - This will provide information on rates of use/water volume and any application restrictions 

2. Select the required water volume rate, i.e. litres per hectare (l/ha) 

3. Select the chosen speed (kph) 

4. Identify the nearest nozzle to the water volume required and this will show the required pressure (bar)’ 

For example: 

Water volume require rate = 400 l/ha 

Speed selected = 6 kph 

Nearest nozzle match = Brown @ 3 bar pressure 

ALWAYS fit the correct nozzle for the job required. Using the wrong nozzle may not only provide inferior coverage and 

control but will certainly be a costly waste of material. 

165 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Useful 

Conversions 

Mass per area 

oz/sq.yd g/sq.m 

¼ = 8.5 

½ = 17 

1 = 34 

2 = 68 

3 = 102 

4 = 136 

5 = 170 

6 = 204 

7 = 238 

9 = 306 

10 = 340 

15 = 510 

20 = 680 

Sowing Rate Conversion Chart 

All Rigby Taylor seed sowing rates are expressed in grams per 

square metre. The following table can be used to convert these 

rates to units suited to larger areas or to imperial measurements. 

Grams/m 2 8.0 15.0 25.0 35.0 50.0 

Kilograms/100m 2 0.8 1.5 2.5 3.5 5.0 

Kilograms/hectares 80.0 150.0 250.0 350.0 500.0 

Kilograms/acre 30.0 60.0 100.0 140.0 200.0 

Typical Areas of Use 

Golf green 365-640 sq.m = 400-700 sq.yd 

Football pitch (small) 91.4 × 46.0 m = 4,204 sq.m 

100.0 × 50.0 yds = 5,000 sq.yd 

(large) 119.0 × 91.4 m = 10,877 sq.m 

130.0 × 100 yds = 13,000 sq.yd 

Rugby pitch 100.0 × 69.0 m = 6,900 sq.m 

Bowling green 38.4 × 38.4 m = 1,475 sq.m 

42.0 × 42.0 sq.yd = 1,764 sq.yd 

Cricket square 27.4 × 27.4 m = 752 sq.m 

30.0 × 30.0 yds = 900 sq.yd 

Tennis court (reg) 23.8 × 11.0 m = 262 sq.m 

26.0 × 12.0 yds = 312 sq.yd 

(full) 36.6 × 18.3 m = 670 sq.m 

40.0 × 20.0 yds = 800 sq.yd 

Hockey pitch (small) 91.4 × 50.0 m = 4,570 sq.m 

100.0 × 55.0 yds = 5,500 sq.yd 

(large) 91.4 × 55.0 m = 5,027sq.m 

100.0 × 60.0yds = 6,000 sq.yd 

Lacrosse 137.0 × 73.0 m = 10,001 sq.m 

150.0 × 80.0 yds = 12,000 sq.yd 

110.0 × 75.0 yds = 8,250 sq.yd 

Croquet 32.0 × 26.0 m = 832 sq.m 

35.0 × 28.0 yds = 980 sq.yd 

Mass & Area 

Weight pounds to kilogrammes divide by ÷ 2.205 kilogrammes to pounds multiply by × 2.205 

tons to tonnes multiply by × 1.016 tonnes to tons divide by ÷ 1.016 

cwts to kilogrammes multiply by × 50.794 kilogrammes to cwts divide by ÷ 50.794 

Area acres to hectares divide by ÷ 2.471 hectares to acres multiply by × 2.471 

square yards to square metres multiply by × 0.8361 square metres to square yards divide by ÷ 0.8361 

Volume pints to litres multiply by × 0.568 litres to pints divide by ÷ 0.568 

litres to gallons divide by ÷ 4.546 gallons to litres multiply by × 4.546 

Weight / Area tons/acre to tonnes/hectare multiply by × 2.51 tonnes/hectare to tons/acre divide by ÷ 2.51 

cwts/acre to tonnes/hectare divide by ÷ 8.00 tonnes/hectare to cwts/acre multiply by × 8.0 

cwts/acre to kilogrammes/hectare multiply by × 125.00 kilogrammes/hectare to cwts/acre divide by ÷ 125.0 

Volume / Acre pints/acre to litres/hectare divide by ÷ 0.712 litres/hectare to pints/acre multiply by × 0.712 

gallons/acre to litres/hectare multiply by × 11.233 litres/hectare to gallons/acre divide by ÷ 11.233 

lbs/cu.ft to kg/cubic metres multiply by × 16.052 kg/cubic metres to lbs/cu.ft divide by ÷ 16.052 

Length 1 metre = 100 centimetres 

= 3.28 feet 

= 1.09 yards 

1 yard = 3 feet 

= 0.914 metres 

Area 1 sq. metre = 1.20 sq.yards 

1 sq. yard = 0.836 sq. metres 

1 hectare = 10,000 sq. metres 

10,000 sq. metres = 2.471 acres 

Volume 1 litre (1,000ml) = 35.21 fl.oz 

= 1.76 pints 

1 gallon = 4.55 litres 

Weight 1 gramme = 0.036 ounces 

1 kilogramme = 35.21 ounces 

= 2.21 pounds 

1,000 kilogrammes = 1 metric tonne 

1 ton = 1.016 tonnes 

0800 424919 166

Ready Reckoner 

Nutrient application from granular fertilizers 

Calculation of amount of nutrient applied from 

declared analysis and treatment rate 

Nutrient 

Analysis 

%N, P 2 0 5 , 

K 2 0 etc. Kg/ha applied at these application rates: 

Declared 15g/m 2 20g/m 2 30g/m 2 35g/m 2 70g/m 2 105g/m 2 140g/m 2 

1 1.5 2.0 3.0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0 

2 3.0 4.0 6.0 7.0 14.0 21.0 28.0 

3 4.5 6.0 9..0 10.5 21.0 31.5 42.0 

4 6.0 8.0 12.0 14.0 28.0 42.0 56.0 

5 7.5 10.0 15.0 17.5 35.0 52.5 70.0 

6 9.0 12.0 18.0 21.0 42.0 63.0 84.0 

7 10.5 14.0 21.0 24.5 49.0 73.5 98.0 

8 12.0 16.0 24.0 28.0 56.0 84.0 112.0 

9 13.5 18.0 27.0 31.5 63.0 94.5 126.0 

10 15.0 20.0 30.0 35.0 70.0 105.0 140.0 

11 16.5 22.0 33.0 38.5 77.0 115.5 154.0 

12 18.0 24.0 36.0 42.0 84.0 126.0 168.0 

13 19.5 26.0 39.0 45.5 91.0 136.5 182.0 

14 21.0 28.0 42.0 49.0 98.0 147.0 196.0 

15 22.5 30.0 45.0 52.5 105.0 157.5 210.0 

16 24.0 32.0 48.0 56.0 112.0 168.0 224.0 

17 25.5 34.0 51.0 59.5 119.0 178.5 238.0 

18 27.0 36.0 54.0 63.0 126.0 189.0 252.0 

19 28.5 38.0 57.0 66.5 133.0 199.5 266.0 

20 30.0 40.0 60.0 70.0 140.0 210.0 280.0 

21 31.5 42.0 63.0 73.5 147.0 220.5 294.0 

22 33.0 44.0 66.0 77.0 154.0 231.0 308.0 

23 34.5 46.0 69.0 80.5 161.0 241.5 322.0 

24 36.0 48.0 72.0 84.0 168.0 252.0 336.0 

25 37.5 50.0 75.0 87.5 175.0 262.5 350.0 

Note: 

35g/sq.m = 350 kg per ha. = 1 oz per sq.yd = 2.7 cwt per acre 

50kg/ha = 0.38 cwt per acre = 43 lbs per acre 

1kg/ha = 0.86 lbs/acre 

Temperature 

Tyre pressures 

Degree Centigrade (°C) to Degree Fahrenheit (°F) multiply by 1.8 and add 32 

Spraying speeds 

167 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Soil analysis 

A service that provides an 

awareness and understanding of 

the nutritional status of sports and 

amenity turf. 

All plants need essential nutrients to live and grow 

healthily. Just as the human body needs vitamins 

and minerals, plants need macronutrients and 

micronutrients. Soil fertility is one of several factors, 

including light, moisture, weeds, insects and 

diseases that can affect turf quality and 

sustainability but reliable nutrient 

recommendations are dependent upon accurate 

soil tests. 

Results from soil sample analysis will allow turf 

professionals to base their nutritional programmes 

on a clear understanding of what is required to 

improve plant vigour, resulting in increased turf 

quality, health and enhanced playability. 

Analytical evaluation of soil samples offers an 

indicative approach to problem solving. 

The Kit 

Special analysis: 

All the above ‘Standard’, plus organic matter, 

plant available B, Cu, Mn, S, Zn. 

The soil analysis results will be assessed against 

those levels that are required for healthy, 

sustainable turf to identify deficiencies, excessive 

quantities or confirm optimum amounts. 

A range of other tests can be carried out including 

Organic matter content, trace elements levels, 

irrigation water suitability, determination of water 

pH. Ask your area RT representative for details. 

The Recommendation 

Following the results of the soil analysis, a nutrient 

turf programme will be compiled that will address 

those areas that have been highlighted and are 

specifically tailored to the turf/soil individual needs. 

All products recommended for use in the 

programme have been thoroughly trailed, tested 

and proven under UK climatic and cultural 

conditions and across the full range of sports turf 

surfaces. 

Containing all the components required for taking 

and having analysed six individual soil samples. 

A pre-paid despatch box is provided that will hold 

6 x soil samples, which are sent to a leading, 

independent research laboratory, skilled in the 

analyses of turf soils and their nutritional 

requirements. 

The Analysis 

A range of test options are available depending 

on the individual site requirements. 

Standard: 

Sand/Soil/Silt content, pH, P, K, Mg, Ca. 

Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) 

A Rigby Taylor soil analysis kit can be obtained from 

your area RT representative or by contacting us on 

FreePhone 0800 424 919. 

0800 424919 168

“ 

We have had great success with R14 seed. 

It is extremely hardwearing, has good colour, 

recovers well and provides excellent leaf density. 

Our lines are marked out with Impact XP paint. It 

provides very bright white lines that last even after 

periods of heavy rainfall. Also the paint does not 

‘shadow’ and produces a very professional finish. 

We gain excellent control of leaf spot and fusarium 

by ringing the changes using Rayzor, Eland and 

Fusion fungicides. 

Keith Kent 

Twickenham Stadium 

Head Groundsman”

Rigby Taylor Limited Rigby Taylor Limited Rigby Taylor Limited 

16 Rivington House, 2, The J4 Estate, Clifton Hall Road, 

Horwich Loco Estate Doman Road, Camberley, Newbridge Industrial Estate, 

Horwich, Lancs BL6 5UE Surrey GU15 3LB Newbridge, Midlothian EH28 2PJ 

Tel: (01204) 677777 Tel: (01276) 676833 Tel: (0131) 333 3344 

Fax: (01204) 677715 Fax: (01276) 682396 Fax: (0131) 333 3399 

Order Line 0800 424 919 

Web site: www.rigbytaylor.com 

e-mail: sales@rigbytaylor.com 

Mascot, ConVert, PolyPro, TE-bag, Propel-R, Integrate, Microflow, Impact, Greenspread, Duramark, Penetr8-R, OptiM8, Mosquito, Photon and Cleansward are Trademarks of 

Rigby Taylor Ltd. Duraline Is a Registered Trademark of Rigby Taylor Ltd and Linemark (UK) Ltd. Icade, Greenor, Pivotal and Junction are trademarks of Dow AgroSciences LLC. 

All Clear Extra is a trademark of DuPont. Chikara is a trademark of Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha Ltd (ISK), Japan. Gallup Hi-Aktiv Amenity, Gallup Biograde Amenity and Discman 

CDA Biograde are registered trademarks of Barclay Chemicals Manufacturing Ltd. Sward is a trade mark of Amega Sciences Ltd. Profile Greens Grade and Field & Fairway 

are trade marks of Profile Products Ltd., Illinois, USA. Eagle Green Care is a trademark of ECOSpray Ltd. Ecoplug is a registered trademark of Ecoplug Sweden AB. Mogeton is 

a registered trademark of Agro-Kanesho Co. Ltd. Maxicrop is a Registered Trademark of Valagro (Italy)

Rigby Taylor Professional Range 2016

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?